NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 2000-03-23
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP, DEF 14A, 2000-03-23
Next: ASPECT DEVELOPMENT INC, 425, 2000-03-23



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ----------------------

                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One):

[X]      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED] For the fiscal year
         ended December 31, 1999,
               -----------------

[ ]      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED] For the
         transition period from                 to                .
                                ---------------    ---------------

Commission File No. 0-28366

                             Norwood Financial Corp.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             ( Exact Name of Registrant as specified in Its Charter)

Pennsylvania                                                     23-2828306
- ---------------------------------------------                 ---------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation  I.R.S. Employer  or Organization)
                                               Identification No.

717 Main Street, Honesdale, Pennsylvania                              18431
- ----------------------------------------                           -----------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices                             (Zip Code)

Issuer's Telephone Number, Including Area Code:              (717) 253-1455
                                                             --------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None
                                                             ----

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $.10 per share
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

         Check  whether  the issuer:  (1) has filed all  reports  required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 during the
past 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant was required to
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days.
YES [X]  NO [ ].

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, --- and will not be contained, to
the  best  of  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

     As of March 16,  1999,  there  were  1,781,477  shares  outstanding  of the
registrant's Common Stock.

     The  Registrant's  voting stock trades on the NASDAQ  National Market under
the symbol  "NWFL."  The  aggregate  market  value of the  voting  stock held by
non-affiliates  of the  registrant,  based on the last  price  the  registrant's
Common Stock was sold on March 14, 2000, was $27,083,000 ($19.75 per share based
on 1,371,285 shares of Common Stock outstanding).

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     1. Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders  for the Fiscal Year ended
December 31, 1999. (Parts I, II, and IV)

     2. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders.
(Part III)


<PAGE>

PART I

Forward Looking Statements

The  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995  contains  safe  harbor
provisions regarding forward-looking  statements.  When used in this discussion,
the words  "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "contemplates,"  "expects,"  and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements
are subject to certain risks and uncertainties  which could cause actual results
to differ materially from those projected. Those risks and uncertainties include
changes in interest  rates,  risks  associated  with the effect of opening a new
branch,  the  ability  to  control  costs and  expenses,  and  general  economic
conditions. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly release the results
of any  revisions  to  those  forward-looking  statements  which  may be made to
reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the date  hereof  or to  reflect  the
occurrence of unanticipated events.

Item 1.  Business.

General

         Norwood  Financial Corp. (the "Company") is a Pennsylvania  corporation
organized in November  1995 at the  direction of Wayne Bank ("Wayne Bank" or the
"Bank") to facilitate the  reorganization  of the Bank into the holding  company
form of organization  ("Reorganization").  On March 29, 1996, the Bank completed
the Reorganization and became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Prior to
such date, the  description of all financial  information  herein is that of the
Bank.

         Wayne  Bank is a  Pennsylvania  chartered  commercial  bank  located in
Honesdale,  Pennsylvania. The Bank was originally chartered on February 17, 1870
as Wayne County  Savings  Bank.  Wayne  County  Savings Bank changed its name to
Wayne  County Bank and Trust in  December  1943.  In  September  1993,  the Bank
adopted the name Wayne Bank.  The Bank's  deposits are currently  insured by the
Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") as  administered  by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC").  The Bank is regulated by the Pennsylvania  Department of
Banking ("PDB") and the FDIC.

     The Bank is an  independent  community-oriented  bank with six  offices  in
Wayne County,  two offices in Pike County and one office in Monroe  County.  The
Bank primarily serves the Pennsylvania  counties of Wayne,  Pike and Monroe to a
much lesser extent,  the counties of Lackawanna and  Susquehanna.  These offices
include two offices  acquired from Meridian Bank as of March 23, 1996,  one each
in the counties of Wayne and Pike In addition,  the Bank  operates ten automated
teller  machines  with  eight  in  branch   locations  and  two  remote  service
facilities.

     The Bank offers a wide variety of personal,  business  credit  services and
trust  and  investment   products  to  the  consumers,   businesses,   nonprofit
organizations,  and  municipalities  in each of the  communities  that  the Bank
serves.  At  December  31,  1999,  the  Bank had  total  assets,  deposits,  and
stockholders  equity of  $314.4  million,  $244.0  million,  and $26.0  million,
respectively.

Competition

         The Company's  primary market area of Wayne,  Pike and Monroe Counties,
Pennsylvania,  is rural and derives a  significant  portion of its economic base
from businesses which serve the leisure time and youth camp markets.  The market
place has a large  amount  of  seasonal  dwellings,  marina  and lake  activity,
hunting, fishing, skiing and camping and other tourism related activities. Wayne
County  has  become

                                       1
<PAGE>
more  accessible  to the western  areas of Scranton  and  Wilkes-Barre  with the
completion  of the  Lackawanna  Industrial  Highway.  Pike County  continues  to
experience  growth above the state average  through  migration of residents from
neighboring  New York and New Jersey.  The retail and  services  industries  are
growing  accordingly.  Pike County is within daily  driving  distance of the New
York/Northern  New Jersey  Metropolitan  area. The Company also does business in
Monroe County,  which is one of the fastest  growing  counties in  Pennsylvania,
with an influx of population from neighboring New Jersey. Proposed commuter rail
service  between  Monroe  and the New York  City  area  will  also  enhance  the
development of the area.

     The Bank is one of 20 financial  institutions  serving its immediate market
area. The competition for deposit products comes from 13 commercial banks in the
market area, some of which are considerably larger than the Company, two savings
associations and five credit unions. Deposit competition also includes a variety
of insurance  products  sold by local  agents and  investment  products  such as
mutual funds,  annuity  products and other securities sold by local and regional
brokers.  The Bank  prices its  deposit  products,  both rates paid and  service
charges to be competitive in its market area.

     The Bank is in a competitive environment for loan products. Competition for
loans comes not only from banks,  but also from  mortgage  brokers,  auto dealer
financing companies and other non-bank lenders.  The Bank prices its loans to be
competitive with local and regional  competition,  while remaining aware of risk
elements.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Personnel

     As of  December  31,  1999,  the Bank had 112  full-time  and 14  part-time
employees.  None  of  the  Bank's  employees  are  represented  by a  collective
bargaining group.

Lending Activities

     The Bank's loan products  include loans for personal and business use. This
includes mortgage lending to finance  principal  residence as well as "seasonal"
or second home dwellings.  The products include  adjustable rate mortgages up to
30 years which are  retained and  serviced  through the Bank,  longer term fixed
rate mortgage products which may be sold,  servicing retained,  in the secondary
market through the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) or held in
the Bank's  portfolio  subject to certain internal  guidelines.  Fixed rate home
equity  loans are  originated  on terms up to 180 months,  as well as offering a
home equity line of credit tied to prime rate. The Bank does a significant level
of indirect dealer financing of automobiles,  boats,  and recreational  vehicles
through a network of over 60 dealers in Northeast Pennsylvania.

     Commercial  loans and commercial  mortgages are provided to local small and
mid-sized  businesses  at a  variety  of terms and rate  structures.  Commercial
lending  activities  include  lines of credit,  revolving  credit,  term  loans,
mortgages,  various forms of secured  lending and a limited  amount of letter of
credit facilities. The structure may be fixed, immediately repricing tied to the
prime rate or adjustable at set intervals.

     Adjustable-rate  mortgage loans decrease the risks  associated with changes
in interest rates by periodically repricing,  but involve other risks because as
interest rates increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase,  thus
increasing the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the
underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward
adjustment  of the  contractual  interest  rate is also  limited by the  maximum
periodic interest rate adjustment permitted by the adjustable-rate mortgage loan
documents, and, therefore is potentially limited in effectiveness during periods
of rapidly rising interest rates.  These risks have not had an adverse effect on
the Bank.

     Consumer lending,  including  indirect  financing  provides benefits to the
Bank's  asset/liability  management  program by reducing the Bank's  exposure to
interest rate changes,  due to their generally shorter terms, and higher yields.
Such  loans may  entail  additional  credit  risks  compared  to  owner-occupied
residential mortgage lending.  However, the Bank believes that the higher yields
and shorter terms  compensate the Bank for the increased  credit risk associated
with such loans.

     Commercial lending including  real-estate  related loans entail significant
additional  risks when  compared  with  residential  real  estate  and  consumer
lending. For example, commercial loans typically involve larger loan balances to
single borrowers or groups of related borrowers,  the payment experience on such
loans  typically  is dependent  on the  successful  operation of the project and
these risks can be significantly  impacted by the cash flow of the borrowers and
market conditions for commercial office, retail, and warehouse space. In periods
of decreasing cash flows, the commercial  borrower may permit a lapse in general
maintenance of the property  causing the value of the  underlying  collateral to
deteriorate. The liquidation of commercial property is often more costly and may
involve more time to sell than residential real estate.

     Due to the type and  nature  of the  collateral,  and,  in some  cases  the
absence of collateral, consumer lending generally involves more credit risk when
compared with residential real estate lending.  Consumer

                                       3
<PAGE>
lending  collections  are  typically  dependent  on  the  borrower's  continuing
financial  stability,  and thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job
loss, divorce,  illness and personal bankruptcy.  In most cases, any repossessed
collateral for a defaulted  consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of
repayment of the outstanding loan balance.  The remaining  deficiency is usually
turned over to a collection agency.

     Leasing  entails  residual  value  risk in  addition  to credit  risk.  The
residual  value is the  pre-determined  value of the  vehicle  at the end of the
lease term established at the inception of the lease. The Bank sets the residual
value based on the  Automotive  Leasing  Guide (ALG).  At the end of the lease a
customer  may buy the  vehicle at the  residual  value,  use as a  trade-in  for
another vehicle or return it to the Bank. The Bank disposes of returned vehicles
through  various  dealer  and  automobile  auctions.   The  Bank  is  no  longer
originating automobile leases.




                                        4
<PAGE>



     Types  of  Loans.  Set  forth  below  is  selected  data  relating  to  the
composition of the Bank's loan portfolio at the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                At December 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1999              1998                 1997             1996            1995
                                         ----------------   -------------       ---------------   -------------   --------------
                                           $         %     $             %       $          %       $      %        $       %
                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
Type of Loans:
- -------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>       <C>
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural.. $ 17,430     8.5    $25,539     13.6   $26,589    14.2   $29,680  16.7   $33,891   22.0
Real Estate-construction................    3,339     1.6      3,046      1.6     2,046     1.1     1,602   0.9     1,380    0.9
                 residential............   56,723    27.6     52,038     27.8    54,227    29.0    54,547  30.8    55,718   36.2
                 commercial.............   49,575    24.2     30,555     16.3    32,986    17.7    36,852  20.8    39,103   25.4
Leases to Individuals...................   23,974    11.7     33,860     18.1    33,877    18.1    17,048   9.6        --     --
Installment Loans to Individuals........   54,201    26.4     42,266     22.6    37,082    19.9    37,503  21.2    23,800   15.5
                                           ------    ----     ------     ----    ------    ----    ------  ----    ------  -----

Total Loans.............................  205,242   100.0    187,304    100.0   186,807   100.0   177,232 100.0   153,892  100.0
                                                    =====               =====             =====           =====            =====
Less unearned income....................       82                385              1,167             2,611           1,798
Allowance for loan losses...............    3,344              3,333              3,250             2,616           2,125
                                            -----              -----              -----             -----           -----
Total loans, net........................ $201,816            183,586           $182,390          $172,005        $149,969
                                         ========            =======            =======           =======         =======


</TABLE>

                                       5
<PAGE>

     Maturities and  Sensitivities  of Loans to Changes in Interest  Rates.  The
following table sets forth maturities and interest rate sensitivity for selected
categories of loans as of December 31, 1999.  Scheduled  repayments are reported
in the maturity category in which payment is due.

                             Less than     One to         Over
                              One Year   Five Years    Five Years    Total
                              --------   ----------    ----------    -----

Commercial, Financial
  and Agricultural            $2,026     $ 7,121       $8,283       $17,430
Real Estate-
  Construction                 3,339         ---          ---         3,339

Commercial                     6,282      17,283       26,010        49,575
                               -----      ------       ------        ------

      Total                  $11,647     $24,404      $34,293       $70,344
                              ======     =======       ======        ======

Loans with fixed-rate         $1,363     $ 7,944       $8,935       $18,242
Loans with floating
  rates                       10,284      16,460       25,358        52,102
                              ------      ------       ------        ------
      Total                  $11,647     $24,404      $34,293       $70,344
                              ======      ======       ======        ======


                                       6
<PAGE>

     Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans. The following table sets forth
information regarding  non-accrual loans, other real estate owned ("OREO"),  and
loans  that are 90 days or more  delinquent  but on which the Bank was  accruing
interest at the dates indicated and restructured loans. The Bank had no troubled
debt  restructurings as defined in Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 114, "Accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 At December 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999         1998         1997         1996        1995
                                                            ----         ----         ----         ----        ----
                                                                                 (In Thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
  Commercial and all other........................         $  64          $65       $  963       $1,633      $1,572
  Real estate.....................................           513          503        1,112        1,790       2,205
  Consumer........................................            19           20           33           28          48
                                                            ----        -----        -----        -----       -----
Total                                                      $ 596         $588       $2,108       $3,451      $3,825
                                                           =====          ===        =====        =====      ======

Accruing loans which are contractually past-
due 90 days or more:
   Commercial and all other                                $  --         $ --         $ 44         $ 38        $ 55
   Real estate                                                --           --           --           --          --
   Consumer                                                   61           34           23            4          --
                                                            ----        -----        -----        -----       -----
Total                                                      $  61         $ 34        $  67         $ 42          55
                                                           =====        =====        =====         ====       =====

Total non-performing loans.......................          $ 657         $622        2,175       $3,493       3,880
Other real estate owned                                      110          204          537       $2,283       1,944
                                                            ----        -----        -----        -----       -----
Total non-performing assets......................          $ 767         $826       $2,712       $5,776       5,824
                                                          ======          ===       ======        =====       =====
Total non-performing loans to total loans                   .32%         .33%        1.17%        2.00%       2.55%
Total non-performing loans to total assets                  .21%         .22%         .83%        1.34%       1.79%
Total non-performing assets to total assets                 .24%         .30%        1.03%        2.22%       2.68%
</TABLE>

     Potential  Problem Loans. As of December 31, 1999,  there were no loans not
previously disclosed,  where known information about possible credit problems of
borrowers  causes  management  to have serious  doubts as to the ability of such
borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms.

     Impaired  Loans.  At  December  31,  1999,  there were no loans  considered
impaired requiring an allowance for loan losses in accordance with Statement No.
114 and 118.


                                       7
<PAGE>
     Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses.  The following  table sets forth
information  with respect to the Bank's  allowance  for loan losses at the dates
indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Year ended December 31,
                                                          ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1999        1998        1997        1996         1995
                                                          -------     -------    --------    --------      --------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
Total loans receivable ..............................    $205,159     186,919    $185,640    $174,621      $152,094

Average loans receivable.............................     196,005     186,877     183,625     160,517       145,990

Allowance balance at beginning of period.............    $  3,333      $3,250      $2,616      $2,125       $ 1,893
Charge-offs:
   Commercial and all other..........................         (12)       (294)       (380)       (820)         (448)
   Real estate.......................................         (17)        (14)       (119)       (226)         (353)
   Consumer..........................................        (419)       (366)       (264)       (320)         (123)
   Leases............................................        (184)       (115)        (67)         --            --
                                                          -------     -------    --------    --------      --------
Total................................................        (632)       (789)       (830)     (1,366)         (924)
Recoveries:
  Commercial and all other...........................          74          89          72          71           513
  Real estate........................................          --           7           3          16             3
  Consumer...........................................          83          50          34          60            21
  Leasing............................................          16           6          --          --            --
                                                          -------     -------    --------    --------      --------
   Total.............................................         173         152         109         147           537
                                                          -------     -------    --------    --------      --------
Provision expense....................................         470         720       1,355       1,710           619
                                                          -------     -------    --------    --------      --------
Allowance balance at end of period...................      $3,344      $3,333      $3,250      $2,616        $2,125
                                                           ======      ======      ======      ======        ======

Allowance for loan losses as a percent
  of total loans outstanding.........................        1.63%       1.78%       1.75%       1.50%         1.40%

Net loans charged off as a percent of
  average loans outstanding..........................         .23%        .34%        .39%        .76%          .27%

</TABLE>


                                       8
<PAGE>

     Allocation of the Allowance For Loan Losses. The following table sets forth
the allocation of the Bank's  allowance for loan losses by loan category and the
percent of loans in each category to total loans at the date indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              At December 31,
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1999              1998               1997              1996              1995
                                   ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------------  ------------------

(Dollars in thousands)                        % of               % of               % of             % of               % of
                                              Loans              Loans              Loans             Loans             Loans
                                             to Total           to Total           to Total         to Total           to Total
                                    Amount    Loans    Amount    Loans   Amount     Loans   Amount   Loans   Amount     Loans


<S>                              <C>        <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>
Commercial, financial and
agricultural                       $  376       7.6% $  346       13.6% $  610      14.2% $  871      16.7% $  927      22.0
Real estate - construction             31       1.6      23        1.6      15       1.1      38       0.9      14       0.9
Real estate - mortgage              1,171      52.7     647       44.1     641      46.7     727      51.6     909      61.6
Installment loans to individuals      551      26.4     442       22.6     276      19.9     260      21.2     155      15.5
Leases                                180      11.7     254       18.1     169      18.1      85       9.6      --        --
Unallocated                         1,035        --   1,621         --   1,539        --     635        --     120        --
                                   ------     -----  ------      -----   -----     -----   -----     -----   -----     -----
Total                              $3,344     100.0% $3,333      100.0% $3,250     100.0% $2,616     100.0% $2,125     100.0%
                                    =====     =====   =====      =====   =====     =====   =====     =====   =====     =====
- --------------------
(1)  Includes specific reserves for assets classified as loss.

</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>

Investment Activities

     General.  The  Company  maintains  a  portfolio  of  investment  securities
consisting  principally of  obligations of the U.S.  Government and its agencies
and  obligations  of  state,   counties  and  municipalities   including  school
districts.  The Company considers its investment  portfolio a source of earnings
and liquidity.

     Securities Portfolio.  Carrying values of securities at the dates indicated
are as follows:


                                           At December 31
                                  ----------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)               1999        1998         1997
                                  ----------------------------------
  Securities:
  (carrying value)
  U.S. Treasury Securities........   $3,988     $ 5,581      $8,034
  U.S.  Government
  Agencies........................   18,170      19,628      18,024
  State and  political
   subdivisions...................   12,151      11,456       9,621
  Corporate Notes and bonds.......    2,307       1,789           0
  Mortgage-backed Securities......   45,523      28,326      18,961
  Equity Securities...............    4,213       3,135       2,891
                                      -----       -----       -----
     Total  Securities              $86,352     $69,915     $57,531
                                     ======      ======      ======
 Fair value of
  Securities......................  $86,286     $70,421     $57,888
                                     ======      ======      ======


                                       10
<PAGE>

     Maturity Distribution of Securities. The following table sets forth certain
information  regarding carrying values,  weighted average yields, and maturities
of the Company's securities portfolio at December 31, 1999. Yields on tax-exempt
securities  are stated on a fully taxable  equivalent  basis using a Federal tax
rate of 34%. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities as certain
instruments have call features which allow  prepayment of obligations.  Maturity
on mortgage backed  securities is based upon expected  average lives rather than
contractual  terms.  Equity securities with no stated maturity are classified as
"one year or less."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       After One through  After Five through
                                   One Year or Less        Five Years          Ten Years      After Ten Years     Total  Securities
                                  ------------------   ------------------  -----------------  -----------------  ------------------
                                  Carrying  Average    Carrying  Average   Carrying Average   Carrying  Average   Carrying  Average
                                   Value    Yield %     Value   Yield %     Value   Yield %     Value    Yield %    Value    Yield %
                                  -------   -------    -------  -------    -------  -------   -------   -------    -----    -------
<S>                               <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>    <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>   <C>          <C>
(Dollars in thousands)
   U.S. Government Securities       $3,988    5.89    $    --        --   $    --       --    $   ---       ---   $3,988      5.89
   U.S. Government Agencies          1,280    6.23     11,141      6.02     4,201     6.52      1,548      6.37   18,170      6.18
   State and political                 385    5.76        780      6.90        --       --     10,986      8.62   12,151      8.42
         subdivisions(3)
   Mortgage-backed Securities(1)     3,341    6.44     13,363      6.44    15,535     6.47     13,284      6.57   45,523      6.49
   Corporate Securities                 --      --        998      6.55       439     6.68        870      7.70    2,307      7.01
   Equity Securities(2)              4,213    4.72         --        --        --       --         --        --    4,213      4.72
                                   -------            -------             -------             -------            -------
     Total Investment Securities   $13,207    5.69%   $26,282      6.28%  $20,175     6.48%   $26,688      7.44  $86,352      6.60%
                                   =======   =====    =======      ====   =======    =====    =======     =====  =======     =====
</TABLE>

(1)  Maturity is based upon  expected  average  lives  rather  than  contractual
     terms.
(2)  Equity  securities  with no stated  maturity are classified as "one year or
     less".
(3)  Includes $7,477 in securities  classified as held-to-maturity with a market
     value of $7,411



                                       11
<PAGE>
Deposit Activities.

     General.  The Bank provides a full range of deposit  products to its retail
and business customers.  These include  interest-bearing and noninterest bearing
transaction accounts,  statement savings and money market accounts.  Certificate
of deposit  terms range up to 5 years for retail and IRA  instruments.  The Bank
participates  in Jumbo CD ($100,000 and over) markets with local  municipalities
and school  districts  which are  typically on a  competitive  bid basis.  Other
services  the Bank  offers  it's  customers  on a  limited  basis  include  cash
management,  direct  deposit and ACH  activity.  The Bank operates ten automated
teller machines and is affiliated with MAC, PLUS and CIRRUS networks.

     Maturities of Time Deposits.  The following  table  indicates the amount of
the Bank's certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more and other time
deposits of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31,
1999.

(Dollars in thousands)                    Certificates
Maturity Period                            of Deposit
- ---------------                            ----------

Within three months........................ $17,994
Over three through six months..............   5,857
Over six through twelve months.............   2,788
Over twelve months.........................   5,848
                                             ------
                                            $32,487
                                             ======
Short-Term Borrowings

     The  following  table sets forth  information  concerning  only  short-term
borrowings (those maturing within one year) which consist principally of federal
funds purchased,  securities sold under  agreements to repurchase,  Federal Home
Loan Bank advances and U.S.  Treasury demand notes,  that the Company had during
the periods indicated.

(Dollars in thousands)                           Year ended December 31,
                                               --------------------------
                                               1999       1998      1997
                                               ----       ----      ----
Short-term borrowings:
  Average balance outstanding................  $8,187     $7,645    $7,726
  Maximum amount outstanding at any
    month-end during the period..............  26,462     14,284    13,456
  Weighted average interest rate during
  the period.................................    3.66%      4.64%     4.84%
Total short-term borrowings at end of
  period.....................................  $8,600     $7,776    $4,990


                                       12

<PAGE>

Trust Activities

     The Bank  operates  a Trust  Department  which  provides  estate  planning,
investment management and financial planning to customers. At December 31, 1999,
the Bank acted as trustee for $57.0  million of assets of which $28.9 million is
non-discretionary with no investment authority.

Subsidiary Activities

     The  Bank,  a  Pennsylvania  chartered  bank,  is  the  only  wholly  owned
subsidiary of the Company.  Norwood  Investment Corp.  ("NIC"),  incorporated in
1996, a Pennsylvania licensed insurance agency, is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
the Bank. NIC's business is annuity and mutual fund sales and discount brokerage
activities  primarily to customers of the Bank. The annuities,  mutual funds and
other  investment  products are not insured by the FDIC or any other  government
agency.  They are not deposits,  obligations  of or guaranteed by any bank.  The
securities are offered through BISYS Brokerage a registered  broker/dealer.  NIC
had sales volume of $6.4 million in 1999, generating revenues of $149,000.

WCB Realty Corp.  is a  wholly-owned  real estate  subsidiary  of the Bank whose
principal asset is the administrative offices of the Company.

WTRO  Properties  Inc.  is a  wholly-owned  real estate  subsidiary  of the Bank
established  to hold title to certain  real estate  upon which the Bank  through
WTRO  foreclosed  upon in 1998. The majority of the  foreclosed  real estate was
sold in the third quarter of 1998. The Company had little activity in 1999.

Regulation

Set forth  below is a brief  description  of  certain  laws  that  relate to the
regulation of the Company and the Bank. The  description  does not purport to be
complete and is qualified  in its entirety by reference to  applicable  laws and
regulations.

Financial Modernization Legislation

     On   November   12,   1999,   President   Clinton   signed   into  law  the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act (the "GLB Act") which, effective March 11, 2000, permits
qualifying  bank holding  companies to become  financial  holding  companies and
thereby  affiliate with securities  firms and insurance  companies and engage in
other  activities  that are  financial  in nature or  incidental  to a financial
activity.  The GLB Act  defines  "financial  in nature"  to  include  securities
underwriting,  dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment
companies;  insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities;  and
activities  that the Federal  Reserve Board ("FRB") has determined to be closely
related  to  banking.  A bank  holding  company  may  elect to be  treated  as a
financial holding company only if all depository institution subsidiaries of the
holding company are and continue to be  well-capitalized  and  well-managed  and
have at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act.

     The GLB Act also authorizes  national banks to engage,  through  "financial
subsidiaries,"  in any  activity  that is  permissible  for a financial  holding
company  and any  activity  that is  determined  to be  financial  in  nature or
incidental to a financial activity,  except insurance underwriting,  real estate
development,  real estate  investment  (except as  otherwise  permitted by law),
insurance company  portfolio  investments and merchant banking  activities.  The
authority of a national bank to invest in a financial subsidiary is subject to a
number of conditions,  including, among other things, requirements that the bank
must be  well-managed  and  well-capitalized  (after  deducting from capital the
bank's outstanding investments in financial  subsidiaries).

                                       13
<PAGE>
The GLB  Act  further  provides  that a  state  bank  may  invest  in  financial
subsidiaries,  assuming  the  requisite  investment  authority  under state law,
subject  to the same  conditions  that apply to  national  bank  investments  in
financial subsidiaries.

     In addition, the GLB Act enacts a number of consumer protections, including
provisions intended to protect privacy of bank customers' financial  information
and provisions requiring disclosure of ATM fees imposed by banks on customers of
other banks.

Regulation of the Company
- -------------------------

     General.  As a bank holding  company within the meaning of the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956 (the "BHC Act") and the  Pennsylvania  Banking Code of 1965,
the Company is subject to regulation and  examination by the FRB and the PDB. In
addition,  the FRB has  enforcement  authority over the Company and its non-bank
subsidiaries, which authority permits the FRB to restrict or prohibit activities
that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary bank. This regulation
and oversight is intended  primarily for the protection of the depositors of the
Bank and not for stockholders of the Company.

     The Company must obtain the prior approval of the FRB before it may acquire
all or substantially  all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company,
merge or  consolidate  with another bank holding  company,  or acquire direct or
indirect  ownership or control of any voting  shares of any bank or bank holding
company if, after such  acquisition,  the bank holding company would directly or
indirectly own or control more than 5% of such shares.

     Federal  statutes  impose  restrictions  on the  ability of a bank  holding
company and its nonbank  subsidiaries  to obtain  extensions  of credit from its
subsidiary bank, on the subsidiary bank's investments in the stock or securities
of the  holding  company,  and on the  subsidiary  bank's  taking of the holding
company's  stock or securities as collateral  for loans to any borrower.  A bank
holding company and its subsidiaries are also prevented from engaging in certain
tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of
property, or furnishing of services by the subsidiary bank.

     A bank holding  company is required to serve as a source of  financial  and
managerial  strength to its subsidiary  banks and may not conduct its operations
in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition,  it is the policy of the FRB that a
bank holding  company  should stand ready to use available  resources to provide
adequate  capital to its subsidiary  banks during periods of financial stress or
adversity and should  maintain the  financial  flexibility  and  capital-raising
capacity to obtain  additional  resources for assisting its subsidiary  banks. A
bank holding  company's  failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of
strength to its  subsidiary  banks will generally be considered by the FRB to be
an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the FRB regulations, or
both.

     Non-Banking  Activities.   As  a  bank  holding  company,  the  Company  is
prohibited under the BHC Act, with certain exceptions,  from acquiring direct or
indirect  ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company
that is not a bank or a bank  holding  company,  or from  engaging  directly  or
indirectly in activities  other than those of banking,  managing or  controlling
banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries.  The principal  exceptions to
these  prohibitions  involve certain non-bank  activities that, by statute or by
FRB regulation or order,  have been identified as activities  closely related to
the business of banking or managing or controlling banks.

     The GLB Act greatly expands the scope of non-banking activities permissible
for  bank  holding  companies  by  enacting  authority  for  "financial  holding
companies."  Effective  March 11,  2000,  the GLBA Act

                                       14
<PAGE>
permits a bank  holding  company,  upon  classification  as a financial  holding
company and  assuming  such  holding  company's  subsidiary  banks meet  certain
requirements,  to engage in activities that are defined by statute as "financial
in nature" or are approved by the FRB as financial in nature or  incidental to a
financial activity. See "-- Financial Modernization Legislation."

     Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.  The FRB has  adopted  capital  adequacy
guidelines  pursuant to which it assesses  the  adequacy of capital in examining
and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications to it under
the BHC Act. The FRB's holding company capital  adequacy  guidelines are similar
to  those  imposed  on the  Bank by the  FDIC.  See  "Regulation  of the  Bank -
Regulatory Capital Requirements."

Regulation of the Bank
- ----------------------

     General. As a Pennsylvania-chartered, BIF-insured bank, the Bank is subject
to extensive  regulation and regular  examination by the FDIC, which insures its
deposits to the maximum  extent  permitted  by law and the PDB.  The federal and
state laws and regulations applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the
scope of their business,  their  investments,  the reserves  required to be kept
against  deposits,  the timing of the  availability  of deposited  funds and the
nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans.  The laws and regulations
governing  the Bank are intended  primarily  for the  protection  of  depositors
rather than of stockholders.

     Pennsylvania  Banking Law. The Pennsylvania  Banking Code contains detailed
provisions  governing  the  organization,   location  of  offices,   rights  and
responsibilities  of directors,  officers,  and employees,  as well as corporate
powers,  savings and investment operations and other aspects of the Bank and its
affairs. The Pennsylvania Banking Code delegates extensive rule-making power and
administrative  discretion to the PDB so that the  supervision and regulation of
state-chartered  bank may be  flexible  and  readily  responsive  to  changes in
economic conditions and in savings and lending practices.

     Federal Deposit  Insurance.  The Bank's deposit accounts are insured by the
BIF to a maximum of $100,000 for each insured account (as defined by statute and
regulation).  The  Bank  is  required  to  pay  insurance  premiums  based  on a
percentage of its insured  deposits to the FDIC for insurance of its deposits by
the BIF. The FDIC also maintains another insurance fund, the Savings Institution
Insurance Fund ("SAIF"),  which insures savings association  deposits.  The FDIC
has set the deposit insurance  assessment rates for BIF-member  institutions for
the first six months of 2000 at 0% to .027% of insured deposits on an annualized
basis, with the assessment rate for most banks set at 0%.

     In addition, all FDIC-insured  institutions are required to pay assessments
to the FDIC at an annual  rate of  approximately  .0212% of insured  deposits to
fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation ("FICO"), an
agency of the Federal government  established to recapitalize the predecessor to
the SAIF. These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.

     Regulatory Capital Requirements.  The FDIC has promulgated capital adequacy
requirements for state banks that, like the Bank, are not members of the Federal
Reserve  System,  and the  FRB has  established  substantially  similar  capital
adequacy  guidelines  applicable  to  bank  holding  companies.   These  capital
regulations impose two sets of capital  requirements:  risk-based capital rules,
which  require  the  maintenance  of  specified  minimum  ratios of  capital  to
"risk-weighted" assets, and minimum leverage rules, which require banks and bank
holding  companies  to  maintain a specified  minimum  ratio of capital to total
assets.

     The  required  minimum  ratio  of total  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets
(including  off-balance sheet


                                       15
<PAGE>
activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total
capital is  required  to be Tier 1  capital,  consisting  principally  of common
shareholders' equity,  noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount
of cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and minority  interests in the equity
accounts of  consolidated  subsidiaries,  less goodwill.  The remainder  (Tier 2
capital)   may   consist  of  a  limited   amount  of   subordinated   debt  and
intermediate-term  preferred stock, certain hybrid capital instruments and other
debt securities,  perpetual  preferred stock and a limited amount of the general
loan loss allowance.

     The leverage capital rules of the FDIC and the FRB require  state-chartered
banks and bank holding companies,  respectively,  to maintain a minimum leverage
ratio of Tier 1 capital to total  assets of 3% for those banks and bank  holding
companies  that have the  highest  regulatory  examination  ratings  and are not
contemplating or experiencing  significant growth or expansion.  All other banks
and bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least
1% to 2% above the 3% stated minimum.

     At December 31,  1999,  the Company and the Bank  exceeded  all  applicable
regulatory  capital  requirements.  The following table sets forth the Company's
regulatory  capital  position as of December 31, 1999 as compared to the minimum
capital  requirements  imposed  by the FRB.  The  Bank's  ratios  do not  differ
materially from the Company's ratios presented below.

                                                   Percent of
                                        Amount   Adjusted Assets
                                     ---------   ---------------
                                        (Dollars in Thousands)

Leverage Capital...................   $ 26,978          9.15%
  Required.........................     11,797          4.00%
                                      --------        ------
  Excess...........................   $ 15,181          5.15%
                                      ========        ======

Tier 1 Capital                        $ 26,978         11.98%
  Required.........................      9,011          4.00%
                                      --------        ------
  Excess...........................   $ 17,967          7.98%
                                      ========        ======

Total Capital                         $ 30,401         13.50%
  Required.........................     18,021          8.00%
                                      --------        ------
  Excess...........................   $ 12,380          5.50%
                                      ========        ======


     The Bank is also subject to more stringent PDB capital guidelines. Although
it has  not  adopted  formal  capital  regulations,  the  PDB  utilizes  capital
standards  requiring  a minimum  of 6.5%  leverage  capital  and 10%  risk-based
capital. The components of leverage and risk-based capital are substantially the
same as  those  defined  by the  FDIC.  The Bank was in  compliance  with  these
Pennsylvania capital requirements at December 31, 1999.

     In addition to the federal  regulatory capital  requirements,  the FDIC has
issued a regulation that classifies insured banks by capital levels and provides
that the FDIC  will  take  various  prompt  corrective  actions,  including  the
imposition of significant operational restrictions,  against any bank subject to
its

                                       16
<PAGE>
regulation that fails to meet the  regulation's  capital  standards.  Under this
prompt corrective action regulation, a "well capitalized" bank is one that has a
total  risk-based  capital  ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1  risk-based  capital
ratio of at least 6%, a leverage  capital ratio of 5%, and is not subject to any
order or directive  requiring the  institution  to improve its capital  level. A
bank  falls  within  the  "adequately  capitalized"  category  if it has a total
risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at
least 4%, and a leverage capital ratio of at least 4%.  Institutions  with lower
capital   levels   are   deemed   to   be   "undercapitalized,"   "significantly
undercapitalized"  or "critically  undercapitalized,"  depending on their actual
capital  levels.  A bank that  falls  within  any of the three  undercapitalized
categories  is subjected to severe  regulatory  sanctions  under the FDIC prompt
corrective action  regulation.  At December 31, 1999, the Bank was classified as
"well capitalized."

     Affiliate Transaction Restrictions. Federal laws strictly limit the ability
of banks to engage in transactions with their  affiliates,  including their bank
holding  companies.  Such transactions  between a subsidiary bank and its parent
company or the nonbank subsidiaries of the holding company are limited to 10% of
a bank subsidiary's capital and surplus and, with respect to such parent company
and  all  such  nonbank  subsidiaries,  to an  aggregate  of  20%  of  the  bank
subsidiary's  capital  and  surplus.  Further,  loans and  extensions  of credit
generally  are  required  to be  secured by  eligible  collateral  in  specified
amounts.  Federal law also requires that all transactions between a bank and its
affiliates  be  on  terms  as  favorable  to  the  bank  as  transactions   with
non-affiliates.

     Federal  Reserve  System.  The FRB requires all depository  institutions to
maintain  non-interest  bearing  reserves  at  specified  levels  against  their
transaction  accounts  (primarily  non-interest  and interest  bearing  checking
accounts) and non-personal  time deposits.  The balances  maintained to meet the
reserve  requirements  imposed by the FRB may be used to satisfy  the  liquidity
requirements that are imposed by the PDB. At December 31, 1999, the Bank met its
reserve requirements.

Regulatory Dividend Restrictions
- --------------------------------

     The  Pennsylvania  Banking  Code states,  in part,  that  dividends  may be
declared and paid only out of  accumulated  net earnings and may not be declared
or paid unless  surplus  (retained  earnings)  is at least equal to  contributed
capital.  The Bank has not declared or paid any dividends  that cause the Bank's
retained  earnings to be reduced below the amount required.  Finally,  dividends
may not be  declared  or  paid  if the  Bank is in  default  in  payment  of any
assessment due the FDIC.

     The FRB has issued a policy  statement on the payment of cash  dividends by
bank  holding  companies,  which  expresses  the FRB's view that a bank  holding
company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding  company's
net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash  dividends and
a rate of earnings  retention  that is  consistent  with the  holding  company's
capital needs, asset quality and overall financial  condition.  The FRB's policy
statement  also  indicates  that  it  would  be  inappropriate   for  a  company
experiencing  serious  financial  problems  to  borrow  funds to pay  dividends.
Furthermore, under the federal prompt corrective action regulations, the FRB may
prohibit a bank  holding  company  from  paying  any  dividends  if the  holding
company's bank subsidiary is classified as "undercapitalized."


Item  2.  Description of Properties
- -----------------------------------

     The Bank  operates  from  its  main  office  located  at 717  Main  Street,
Honesdale,  Pennsylvania and seven additional  branch offices.  The Bank's total
investment  in office  property and  equipment is $10.6  million with a net book
value  of $6.7  million  at  December  31,  1999.  The Bank  currently  operates
automated

                                       17
<PAGE>



teller machines at eight of its branch offices and two automated  teller machine
only  facilities.  The Bank  leases  two of its  locations  with  minimum  lease
commitments  of $468,000  through  2006.  Both  locations  have various  renewal
options.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
- --------------------------

     Neither the Company nor its  subsidiaries are involved in any pending legal
proceedings,  other than routine legal matters  occurring in the ordinary course
of  business,  which in the  aggregate  involve  amounts  which are  believed by
management to be immaterial to the consolidated  financial  condition or results
of operations of the Company.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders
- ------------------------------------------------------------

         None.


                                     PART II


Item 5.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

     Information  relating  to the market  for  Registrant's  common  equity and
related  stockholder  matters  appears  under  "Capital  and  Dividends"  in the
Registrant's  Annual Report to  Stockholders  for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1999("Annual Report") on page 24 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
- --------------------------------

     The   above-captioned   information  appears  under  "Summary  of  Selected
Financial  and Other Data" in the Annual  Report on page 3, and is  incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 7. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The above-captioned  information appears under Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations in the Annual Report
on pages 10 through 27 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
- --------------------------------------------------------------------

     The above-captioned  information appears under Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations in the Annual Report
on pages 16 through 18 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
- ----------------------------------------------------

     The Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Norwood  Financial Corp. and its
subsidiaries,  together with the report thereon by Beard & Company, Inc. appears
in the  Annual  Report on pages 28  through  50 and are  incorporated  herein by
reference.



                                       18
<PAGE>
Item  9.  Changes  In and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         None

                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
- ------------------------------------------------------------

     The  information  contained  under the sections  captioned  "Section  16(a)
Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance"  and  "Proposal  I--  Election  of
Directors" and "--  Biographical  Information"  in the 2000 Proxy  Statement are
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation
- --------------------------------

     The  information  contained  under  the  section  captioned  "Director  and
Executive  Compensation"  in the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

          (a)  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

               Information  required  by this  item is  incorporated  herein  by
               reference  to  the  Section  captioned  "Voting   Securities  and
               Principal   Holders  Thereof  and  "Proposal  I  --  Election  of
               Directors" of the Proxy Statement.

          (b)  Security Ownership of Management

               Information  required  by this  item is  incorporated  herein  by
               reference  to  the  sections  captioned  "Voting  Securities  and
               Principal  Holders  Thereof  --  Security  Ownership  of  Certain
               Beneficial  Owners" and  "Proposal I -- Election of Directors" of
               the Proxy Statement.

          (c)  Management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any
               pledge by any person of securities of the Company,  the operation
               of which may at a  subsequent  date result in a change in control
               of the registrant.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- --------------------------------------------------------

     The information  required by this item is incorporated  herein by reference
to the section captioned "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".

                                     Part IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statements, and Reports on Form 8-K
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

          (a)  Listed below are all financial  statements  and exhibits filed as
               part of this report, and are incorporated by reference.


                                       19
<PAGE>
          1.   The  consolidated  balance sheets of Norwood  Financial Corp. and
               subsidiary  as of  December  31,  1999 and 1998,  and the related
               consolidated  statements  of  income,  changes  in  stockholders'
               equity  and cash  flows for each of the  years in the three  year
               period ended  December 31, 1999,  together with the related notes
               and  the  independent   auditor's  report  of  Beard  &  Company,
               Inc.,independent accountants.

          2.   Schedules omitted as they are not applicable.

          3.   Exhibits

               3(i) Articles of Incorporation of Norwood Financial Corp.*
               3(ii) Bylaws of Norwood Financial Corp.*
               4.0  Specimen Stock Certificate of Norwood Financial Corp.*
               10.1 Amended Employment Agreement with William W.Davis, Jr.
               10.2 Amended Employment Agreement with Lewis J. Critelli
               10.3 Form of Change-in-Control  Severance Agreement with nine key
                    employees of the Bank*
               10.4 Consulting Agreement with Russell L. Ridd**
               10.5 Wayne Bank Stock Opton Plan*
               10.6 Salary  Continuation  Agreement between the Bank and William
                    W. Davis, Jr.
               10.7 Salary Continuation  Agreement between the Bank and Lewis J.
                    Critelli
               10.8 Salary Continuation Agreement between the Bank and Edward C.
                    Kasper
               10.9 1999 Directors Stock Compensation Plan
               13   Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders
               21   Subsidiaries  of  Norwood   Financial  Corp.  (see  Item  1.
                    Business General and - Subsidiary Activity)
               23   Consent of Beard & Co., Inc. Independent Auditor
               27   Financial Data Schedule (electronic filing only)


          (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

               None.

- -------------------------

*        Incorporated  herein by reference  into this document from the Exhibits
         to Form 10, Registration  Statement initially filed with the Commission
         on April 29, 1996, Registration No. 28366.

**       Incorporated  herein by reference  into this document from the Exhibits
         to the  Registrant's  Form 10-K filed with the  Commission on March 31,
         1997, File No. 0-28366.

                                       20


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                             NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP

Dated:  March 23, 2000                      By:/s/ William W. Davis, Jr.
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               William W. Davis, Jr.
                                               President, Chief Executive
                                               Officer and Director
                                               (Duly Authorized Representative)

      Pursuant to the  requirement of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
Report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                          <C>
By: /s/ William W. Davis, Jr.                 By:/s/ Lewis J. Critelli
   ---------------------------------             -------------------------------
      William W. Davis, Jr.                            Lewis J. Critelli
      President, Chief Executive Officer               Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
        and Director                                  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
      (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 23, 2000                          Date:    March 23, 2000


By:                                           By:/s/ John E. Marshall
   ---------------------------------             -------------------------------
      Charles E. Case                                  John E. Marshall
      Director                                         Director

Date: March __, 2000                          Date:    March 23, 2000


By:/s/ Daniel J. O'Neill                      By: /s/ Dr. Kenneth A. Phillips
   ---------------------------------             -------------------------------
      Daniel J. O'Neill                                Dr. Kenneth A. Phillips
      Director                                         Director

Date: March 23, 2000                          Date:    March 23, 2000


By:/s/ Gary P. Rickard                        By:/s/ Russell L. Ridd
   ---------------------------------             -------------------------------
      Gary P. Rickard                                  Russell L. Ridd
      Director                                         Director

Date: March 23, 2000                          Date:    March 23, 2000

By:/s/ Harold A. Shook                        By:
   ---------------------------------             -------------------------------
      Harold A. Shook                                  Richard L. Snyder
      Director                                         Director

Date: March 23, 2000                          Date:    March __, 2000
</TABLE>




                                  EXHIBIT 10.1
<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS  AGREEMENT  entered  into  this  15th  day of  September,  1999,  (the
"Effective Date"), by and between William W. Davis, Jr. (the "Employee"),  Wayne
Bank (the "Bank"), and Norwood Financial Corp. (the "Company").

     WHEREAS,  the  Bank  desires  to  employ  the  Executive  initially  as its
President and Chief  Executive  Officer under the terms and conditions set forth
herein; and

     WHEREAS,  the Executive desires to serve the Bank in an executive  capacity
under the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement.

     WHEREAS,  the Boards of Directors of the Bank and of the Company believe it
is in their mutual best interests to enter into this Agreement with the Employee
in order to assure  continuity of management  and to reinforce and encourage the
continued attention and dedication of the Employee to his assigned duties; and

     WHEREAS,  the  parties  desire  by this  writing  to set  forth  employment
relationships between the Employee, the Bank and the Company.

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:


POSITION AND DUTIES The  Executive  shall  initially  serve as the President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, reporting only to the Board of Directors of
the Bank; shall have supervision and control over, and  responsibility  for, the
general  management  and operation of the Bank; and shall have such other powers
and duties as may from time to time be  prescribed  by the Board of Directors of
the Bank, provided that such duties are consistent with the Executive's position
as the President and Chief Executive Officer in charge of the general management
of the Bank.

     1. Defined Terms

     When used anywhere in this  Agreement,  the following  terms shall have the
meaning set forth herein.

               (a)  "Change  in  Control"  shall  mean any one of the  following
events: (I) the acquisition of ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25%
of the Bank's or the Company's voting stock, (ii) the acquisition of the ability
to control the election of a majority of the Bank's or the Company's  directors,
(iii) the acquisition of a controlling influence over the management or policies
of the Bank or the  Company  by any  person  or by  persons  acting as a "group"
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934),

<PAGE>

or (iv) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals (the "Continuing
Directors")  who at the  beginning  of  such  period  constitute  the  Board  of
Directors of the Bank or the Company (the "Existing Board") cease for any reason
to constitute at least  two-thirds  thereof,  provided that any individual whose
election  or  nomination  for  election  as a member of the  Existing  Board was
approved by a vote of at least  two-thirds of the  Continuing  Directors then in
office shall be considered a Continuing Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in the case of (I), (ii) and (iii)  hereof,  ownership or control of the Bank by
the Company  itself shall not  constitute  a Change in Control.  For purposes of
this paragraph only, the term "person" refers to an individual or a corporation,
partnership,   trust,   association,   joint  venture,  pool,  syndicate,   sole
proprietorship,  unincorporated  organization  or any other  form of entity  not
specifically listed herein.

               (b)  "Code"  shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended from time to time, and as  interpreted  through  applicable  rulings and
regulations in effect from time to time.

               (c)  "Codess.280G  Maximum"  shall  mean  product of 2.99 and his
"base amount" as defined in Code ss.280G(b)(3).

               (d) "Good Reason" shall mean any of the following  events,  which
has not been  consented  to in  advance  by the  Employee  in  writing:  (I) the
requirement  that the  Employee  move his  personal  residence,  or perform  his
principal  executive  functions,  more than sixty  (60)  miles from his  primary
office as of the date of the Change in Control; (ii) a material reduction in the
Employee's  base  compensation as in effect on the date of the Change in Control
or as the same may be increased from time to time; (iii) the failure by the Bank
or the  Company to  continue  to provide  the  Employee  with  compensation  and
benefits  provided for on the date of the Change in Control,  as the same may be
increased  from time to time,  or with benefits  substantially  similar to those
provided to him under any of the  employee  benefit  plans in which the Employee
now or hereafter becomes a participant,  or the taking of any action by the Bank
or the Company which would directly or indirectly reduce any of such benefits or
deprive the Employee of any material  fringe benefit  enjoyed by him at the time
of the Change in  Control;  (iv) the  assignment  to the  Employee of duties and
responsibilities  materially  different from those normally  associated with his
position;  (v) a  failure  to elect or  reelect  the  Employee  to the  Board of
Directors of the Bank or the  Company,  if the Employee is serving on such Board
on the date of the Change in Control; (vi) a material diminution or reduction in
the   Employee's    responsibilities   or   authority    (including    reporting
responsibilities)  in  connection  with  his  employment  with  the  Bank or the
Company;   or  (vii)  a  material   reduction  in  the   secretarial   or  other
administrative  support of the Employee. In addition,  "Good Reasons" shall mean
an  impairment  of the  Employee's  health to an extent that it makes  continued
performance of his duties hereunder hazardous to his physical or mental health.

               (e) "Just Cause" shall mean, in the good faith  determination  of
the Bank's Board of Directors, the Employee's personal dishonesty, incompetence,
willful  misconduct,   breach  of  fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,
intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule
or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses)

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material  breach of any provision of this
Agreement.  The Employee  shall have no right to receive  compensation  or other
benefits for any period after  termination for Just Cause. No act, or failure to
act, on the Employee's part shall be considered  "willful"  unless he has acted,
or failed to act, with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable  belief
that his action or failure to act was in the best  interest  of the Bank and the
Company.

               (f)  "Protected  Period" shall mean the period that begins on the
date six months  before a Change in  Control  and ends on the later of the first
annual  anniversary  of the  Change in Control  or the  expiration  date of this
Agreement.

         2.  Employment.  The  Employee is employed as the  President  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Bank and of the Company. In each capacity, the Employee
shall render such  administrative  and management  services for the Bank and the
Company as are currently  rendered and as are  customarily  performed by persons
situated in a similar executive  capacity.  The Employee shall also promote,  by
entertainment or otherwise,  as and to the extent permitted by law, the business
of the Bank and the Company.  The  Employee's  other duties shall be such as the
Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company may from time to time reasonably
direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

         3. Base  Compensation.  The Bank agrees to pay the Employee  during the
term of this Agreement a salary at the rate of $ 170,000.00  per annum,  payable
in cash not less  frequently  than  monthly.  The Board of Directors of the Bank
shall review,  not less often than annually,  the rate of the Employee's salary,
and shall increase the employee's base salary by no less than $6,000.00 per year
for 2000,  2001,  2002,  2003,  2004. The Company hereby agrees that, in lieu of
paying the Employee a base salary during the term of this Agreement, it shall be
jointly  and  severally  liable with the Bank for the payment of all amounts due
under this Agreement. Nevertheless, the Board of Directors of the Company may in
its  discretion at any time during the term of this  Agreement  agree to pay the
Employee a base salary for the remaining term of this Agreement. If the Board of
Directors of the Company agrees to pay such salary,  the Board shall  thereafter
review, not less often than annually,  the rate of the Employee's salary, and in
its sole discretion may decide to increase his salary.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  following  a Change in  Control,  the
Boards of  Directors  of the Bank and the  Company  shall  continue  to annually
review the rate of the Employee's salary, and shall increase said rate of salary
by a percentage which is not less than the average annual percentage increase in
salary that the Employee  received  over the three  calendar  years  immediately
preceding the year in which the Change in Control occurs.

         4.  Discretionary   Bonuses.  The  Employee  shall  participate  in  an
equitable manner with all other senior  management  employees of the Bank and in
discretionary  bonuses  that the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company
may  award  from time to time to their  senior  management  employees.  No other
compensation provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

a substitute  for the  Employee's  right to  participate  in such  discretionary
bonuses.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  following a Change in  Control,  the
Employee shall receive  discretionary  bonuses that are made no less  frequently
than,  and in annual  amounts not less than,  the average  annual  discretionary
bonuses  paid to the  Employee  during  the  three  calendar  years  immediately
preceding the year in which the Change in Control occurs.

         5.       Participation in Retirement, Medical and Other Plans.
                  ----------------------------------------------------

                  (a) During the term of this  Agreement,  the Employee shall be
eligible to participate in the following benefit plans:  group  hospitalization,
disability,  health, dental, sick leave, life insurance,  travel and/or accident
insurance, auto allowance/auto lease, retirement,  pension, and/or other present
or future qualified plans provided by the Bank, generally which benefits,  taken
as a whole,  must be at least as favorable  as those in effect on the  Effective
Date and the Company.

                  (b) The  Employee  shall be  eligible  to  participate  in any
fringe  benefits  which  are or may  become  available  to the  Bank's  and  the
Company's senior management  employees,  including for example: any stock option
or incentive  compensation  plans, and any other benefits which are commensurate
with the  responsibilities  and functions to be performed by the Employee  under
this   Agreement.   The  Employee   shall  be  reimbursed   for  all  reasonable
out-of-pocket  business  expenses  which he shall incur in  connection  with his
services under this Agreement upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance
with the policies of the Bank and the Company.  Additionally, the Employee shall
be entitled to:

                           (1)     Banking Industry Functions.  The Employee may
a  devote  reasonable  time to  attending  conventions,  seminars  and  meetings
sponsored  by  the  Pennsylvania  Bankers  Association,   the  American  Bankers
Association and other banking or educational organizations at the expense of the
Bank.

                           (2)     Club Membership.  The Bank shall provide  the
Employee with  application  fees,  bond costs and annual dues in connection with
his membership in the Honesdale Golf Club and such other private clubs,  social,
civic and  community  organizations  that the Board of Directors of the Bank may
reasonably determine during the term of employment hereunder.

                           (3)     Automobile.  The Executive shall be furnished
a new executive  quality  automobile with insurance,  maintenance,  fuel and all
fees and costs  paid by the Bank.  Said car to be  replaced  upon the  sooner of
three (3) years, 50,000 miles or excessive maintenance costs.

                           (4)     Other Perquisites and Benefits. The Executive
shall be entitled to receive such other  perquisites  and fringe benefits as the
Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank  reasonably  deems  appropriate  in its  sole
discretion.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>



         6. Term. The Bank and the Company  hereby employ the Employee,  and the
Employee  hereby accepts such employment  under this  Agreement,  for the period
commencing on the  Effective  Date and ending sixty months  thereafter  (or such
earlier date as is determined in accordance with Section 10 or 12).

         In the event the Employee serves the full term of this  Agreement,  and
the Bank does not offer to renew  this  Agreement  upon  substantially  the same
terms and conditions for an additional five (5) year term, the Employee shall be
entitled  to a  severance  allowance  of up to  twelve  (12)  months of his then
current  base annual  salary,  plus such vested  employee  benefits to which the
Employee  may be  entitled  when due and  payable,  and the Bank  shall  have no
further  obligations to the Employee under this  Agreement,  EXCEPT that in such
event, the Bank shall provide, at the Employee's request, out-placement services
to the Employee  through  Drake,  Beam,  and Moran,  New York, New York, or such
comparable  out-placement  service as the parties shall select. The Bank's costs
for such  services  shall not exceed 17% of the  Employee's  then  current  base
annual salary.

         7.       Loyalty; Noncompetition; Nondisclosure.

                  (a) Loyalty. During the period of his employment hereunder and
except for illnesses,  reasonable  vacation  periods,  and reasonable  leaves of
absence,  the Employee  shall devote  substantially  all his full business time,
attention,  skill,  and  efforts  to the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties
hereunder;  provided,  however,  from  time to time,  Employee  may serve on the
boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or
organizations,  which will not present any  conflict of interest  with the Bank,
the Company or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates or unfavorably affect the
performance of Employee's duties pursuant to this Agreement, or will not violate
any applicable statute or regulation.  "Full business time" is hereby defined as
that amount of time usually  devoted to like  companies  by  similarly  situated
executive  officers.  Except  with the prior  written  approval  of the Board of
Directors of the Bank,  the Executive  shall not engage in any other business or
commercial  activities,  duties or pursuits,  during the term of this Agreement.
Under no  circumstances  may the Employee  engage in any business or  commercial
activities,  duties or pursuits  which  compete with the business or  commercial
activities of the Bank nor may the Employee serve as a director or officer or in
any other capacity in a company or financial institution which competes with the
Bank. Investments and personal activities not resulting in material compensation
or a  conflict  of  interest  with the Bank  shall not be deemed a breach of the
restrictions of this paragraph. Participation in trade associations, charitable,
civil or similar  not-for-profit,  philanthropic or eleemosynary  organizations,
including  service as an officer  or  director,  shall not be deemed a breach of
this  Agreement,  but the total  amount of time  spent by the  Employee  in such
activities  during normal  working hours shall be  periodically  reviewed by the
Board of Directors of the Bank.

                  (b)  Noncompetition.  The  Employee  covenants  and  agrees as
follows:  the Employee  shall not directly or  indirectly,  within the marketing
area of the Bank or the Company  (defined as Wayne County,  Pennsylvania) or any
future  marketing  area of the Bank or the  Company

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

(defined as an area within fifty (50) miles of any branch office located outside
of Wayne County,  Pennsylvania and begun during the Employee's  employment under
the terms of this Agreement), enter into or engage generally in competition with
the Bank or the  Company  either as a sole  proprietor  or as a partner or joint
venturer,  or as a director,  officer,  shareholder  (except as a shareholder of
less than five  percent  (5%) of the  outstanding  shares  of a  corporation  if
Executive is not an employee, officer or director of such corporation), employee
or  agent  for any  person,  for a  period  of one (1)  year  after  the date of
termination of his employment if (I) the Employee's employment is terminated for
Just Cause pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, or (ii) such termination is
the result of a  resignation  by the Employee  other than pursuant to subsection
10(d)(2) or subsection  12(a) of this  Agreement.  The Employee  agrees that any
breach of  restrictions  set forth in this paragraph shall result in irreparable
injury to the Bank and the  Company  and for which they shall have not  adequate
remedy  at law and the Bank and the  Company  shall be  entitled  to  injunctive
relief  in order to  enforce  the  provisions  hereof.  In the  event  that this
paragraph  shall be  determined  by any court of  competent  jurisdiction  to be
unenforceable  in part by  reason  of it being  too  great a  period  of time or
covering too great a geographical  area, it shall be in full force and effect as
to that period of time or  geographical  area determined to be reasonable by the
court.

                  (c) Unauthorized  Disclosure.  At no time during the period of
his employment hereunder and thereafter, shall the Employee, without the written
consent of the Boards of Directors of the Bank or a person  authorized  thereby,
knowingly  disclose  to any  person,  other than an  employee of the Bank or the
Company or a person to whom disclosure is reasonably necessary or appropriate in
connection with the performance by the Employee of his duties as an executive of
the Bank or the Company, any material  confidential  information obtained by him
while in the employ of the Bank or the Company with respect to any of the Bank's
or the Company's services, products, improvements,  formulas, designs or styles,
processes,  customers,  methods of  distribution  of any business  practices the
disclosure  of which he knows  will be  materially  damaging  to the Bank or the
Company; provided,  however, that confidential information shall not include any
information   known  generally  to  the  public  (other  than  as  a  result  of
unauthorized  disclosure  by the  Employee)  or any  information  of a type  not
otherwise  considered  confidential by persons engaged in the same business or a
business similar to that conducted by the Bank and the Bank.

                  (d)  Nothing  contained  in this  Section  shall be  deemed to
prevent or limit the  Employee's  right to invest in the capital  stock or other
securities of any business dissimilar from that of the Bank or the Company,  or,
solely as a passive or minority investor, in any business.

         8.  Standards.  The  Employee  shall  perform  his  duties  under  this
Agreement  in  accordance  with  such  reasonable  standards  as the  Boards  of
Directors of the Bank and the Company may establish  from time to time. The Bank
and the Company  will provide  Employee  with the working  facilities  and staff
customary for similar executives and necessary for him to perform his duties.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

         9. Vacation and Sick Leave. At such reasonable times as the Board shall
in its discretion permit,  the Employee shall be entitled,  without loss of pay,
to absent himself  voluntarily from the performance of his employment under this
Agreement, all such voluntary absences to count as vacation time, provided that:

                  (a) The  Employee  shall be entitled to an annual  vacation in
accordance with the policies that the Board periodically  establishes for senior
management  employees of the Bank,  but not less than four weeks in any calendar
year  (pro-rated  in any  calendar  year during  which the  Employee is employed
hereunder for less than the entire  calendar year in accordance  with the number
of days in such year which he is so employed).

                  (b) The Employee shall not receive any additional compensation
from the Bank or the  Company on account  of his  failure to take a vacation  or
sick leave, and the Employee shall not accumulate  unused vacation or sick leave
from one fiscal year to the next, except in either case to the extent authorized
by the Board.

                  (c) In addition to the aforesaid paid vacations,  the Employee
shall be entitled  without loss of pay, to absent himself  voluntarily  from the
performance of his employment  with the Bank and the Company for such additional
periods  of time and for such valid and  legitimate  reasons as the Board may in
its discretion  determine.  Further, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the
Company may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence,  with or without
pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and  conditions as such Boards in
their discretion may determine.

                  (d) In addition,  the Employee  shall be entitled to an annual
sick leave benefit as  established by the Board of Directors of the Bank and the
Company.

         10.  Termination and Termination Pay. Subject to Section 12 hereof, the
Employee's   employment   hereunder  may  be  terminated   under  the  following
circumstances:

                  (a) Death.  The  Employee's  employment  under this  Agreement
shall terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in which event
the  Employee's  estate  shall be entitled to receive the  compensation  due the
Employee through the last day of the calendar month in which his death occurred.

                  (b)  Disability.  The Bank and the Company may  terminate  the
Employee's  employment if the Employee becomes totally and permanently disabled.
The  Employee  shall be deemed  totally and  permanently  disabled if he becomes
unable to perform a substantial portion of his duties under this Agreement and a
physician  selected by Bank determines such inability will continue for a period
of six (6) months or more and is likely to be permanent.  The Employee  shall be
deemed  disabled if he  qualifies to receive  total  disability  benefits  under
Bank's disability insurance plan. Such termination shall be without prejudice to
any  right the  Employee  may have to  receive  benefits  under  any  disability
insurance plan maintained by Bank or the Company.




                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                  (c) Just  Cause.  The  Board  may,  by  written  notice to the
Employee,  immediately terminate his employment at any time, for Just Cause. The
Employee shall have no right to receive  compensation  or other benefits for any
period after termination for Just Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement, the
Bank shall have "Just Cause" to terminate the  Employee's  employment  hereunder
upon:

                  (1) the  willful  failure  by the  Employee  to  substantially
         perform  his  material  duties  hereunder  other than any such  failure
         resulting  from the  Employee's  incapacity  due to  physical or mental
         illness; or

                  (2) conviction of a felony; or

                  (3) the willful violation by the Employee of the provisions of
 this Agreement; or

                  (4) the willful  violation by the Employee of material Bank or
         Company  policy as formally  expressed by the Board of Directors of the
         Company or the Bank; or

                  (5) the  violation  of  state  or  federal  banking,  tax   or
         financial  laws,  regulations  or  rules in his own  conduct  or in the
         operation of the Bank or the Company, the result of which is materially
         adverse to the Bank or the Company; or

         None of the above which are capable of being cured shall be grounds for
termination  until Bank and the Company give notice  thereof to the Employee and
the Employee fails to cure such failure or violation  within thirty (30) days of
said notice,  or if said failure or violation cannot be cured within thirty (30)
days,  within  a  reasonable  time  thereafter  if the  Employee  is  diligently
attempting to cure the failure or violation.

         Bank and the Company may terminate  this  Agreement  without notice and
opportunity  to cure upon receipt of a final  written  directive or order of any
governmental  body or entity  having  jurisdiction  over the Bank or the Company
requiring  termination or removal of the Employee from the positions  referenced
in Section 2 of this Agreement.

                  (d) Without Just Cause; Constructive Discharge. (1) The Boards
of Directors of the Bank and the Company may, by written notice to the Employee,
immediately  terminate  his  employment at any time for a reason other than Just
Cause,  in which event the Employee  shall be entitled to receive the  following
compensation and benefits  (unless such termination  occurs during the Protected
Period in which event the benefits and  compensation  provided for in Section 12
shall apply):  (I) the salary provided  pursuant to Section 3 hereof,  up to the
later of the expiration  date of this Agreement  (including any renewal term) of
this Agreement and the date that is 12 months after the  employee's  last day of
employment,  and (ii)  long-term  disability  and such  medical  benefits as are
available  to the  Employee  under the  provisions  of COBRA for  eighteen  (18)
months.  All amounts payable to the Employee shall be paid, at the option of the
Employee,  either

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

(I) in periodic  payments  through the Expiration  Date, or (II) in one lump sum
within ten (10) days of such termination.

                           (2)    The Employee shall be entitled to receive  the
compensation and benefits payable under subsection  10(d)(1) hereof in the event
that the Employee voluntarily  terminates  employment within 90 days of an event
that constitutes Good Reason,  (unless such voluntary  termination occurs during
the Protected Period, in which event the benefits and compensation  provided for
in Section 12 shall apply).

                  (e)  Termination  or Suspension  Under Federal Law. (1) If the
Employee is removed and/or  permanently  prohibited  from  participating  in the
conduct  of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under  Sections  8(e)(4) or
8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(4) and
(g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of
the effective  date of the order,  but vested rights of the parties shall not be
affected.

                           (2)  If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section
3(x)(1)  of FDIA),  all  obligations  of the Bank  under  this  Agreement  shall
terminate as of the date of default;  however,  this Paragraph  shall not affect
the vested rights of the parties.

                           (3)  If a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or  (g)
(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) or (g)(1))  suspends  and/or  temporarily
prohibits the Employee from  participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs,
the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of
such service,  unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in the
notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (I) pay the Employee all or
part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended,
and (ii)  reinstate  (in whole or in part)  any of its  obligations  which  were
suspended.

                  (f)  Voluntary  Termination  by  Employee.  Subject to Section
12(a)(ii)  hereof,  the Employee may voluntarily  terminate  employment with the
Bank during the term of this  Agreement,  upon at least  ninety (90) days' prior
written  notice to the Board of  Directors,  in which  case the  Employee  shall
receive only his  compensation,  vested  rights and employee  benefits up to the
date of his  termination  (unless such  termination  occurs  pursuant to Section
10(d)(2) hereof or within the Protected  Period, in which event the benefits and
compensation provided for in Sections 10(d) or 12, as applicable, shall apply).

         11. No  Mitigation.  The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Employee in any subsequent employment.

         12. Change in Control Severance Payments.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                  (a) Trigger Events.  The Employee shall be entitled to collect
the severance  benefits set forth in Subsection (b) hereof in the event that (I)
the Employee voluntarily  terminates employment either for any reason within the
30-day  period  beginning on the date of a Change in Control,  (ii) the Employee
voluntarily  terminates  employment  within 90 days of an event that both occurs
during the Protected  Period and constitutes  Good Reason,  or (iii) the Bank or
the  Company  or  their   successor(s)  in  interest  terminate  the  Employee's
employment  without his written consent and for any reason other than Just Cause
during the Protected Period.

                  (b)      Amount of Severance Benefit.  If the Employee becomes
entitled to collect  severance  benefits  pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof,  the
Bank shall pay the Employee:

                  (I) a severance  benefit equal to the maximum as defined under
                Code  ss.280G(b)(2) that the Employee receives on account of the
                Change in Control, and

                           (ii) pay for  long-term  disability  and provide such
                medical  benefits as are  available  to the  Employee  under the
                provisions  of COBRA,  for eighteen  (18) months (or such longer
                period, up to 24 months, if COBRA is amended).

                  Said sum shall be paid in one lump sum within ten (10) days of
the later of the date of the Change in Control  and the  Employee's  last day of
employment with the Bank or the Company.

                  (c) Funding of Grantor Trust upon Change in Control. Not later
than ten business days after a Change in Control, the Bank shall (I) establish a
grantor  trust  (the  "Trust")  that is  designed  in  accordance  with  Revenue
Procedure 92-64 and has a trustee independent of the Bank and the Company,  (ii)
deposit in said Trust an amount  equal to the Code ss.280G  Maximum,  unless the
Employee  has  previously  provided a written  release of any claims  under this
Agreement,  and (I) provide the trustee of the Trust with a written direction to
hold said amount and any investment  return thereon in a segregated  account for
the benefit of the Employee,  and to follow the procedures set forth in the next
paragraph as to the payment of such amounts from the Trust.  Upon the earlier of
the Trust's final  payment of all amounts due under the  following  paragraph or
the date 15 months  after the Change in Control,  the trustee of the Trust shall
pay  to the  Bank  the  entire  balance  remaining  in  the  segregated  account
maintained for the benefit of the Employee.  The Employee shall  thereafter have
no further interest in the Trust.

         During the 12-consecutive  month period after a Change in Control,  the
Employee may provide the trustee of the Trust with a written  notice  requesting
that the trustee pay to the Employee an amount designated in the notice as being
payable  pursuant to this Agreement.  Within three business days after receiving
said  notice,  the  trustee of the Trust  shall send a copy of the notice to the
Bank via overnight and registered  mail return receipt  requested.  On the tenth
(10th)  business day after  mailing said notice to the Bank,  the trustee of the
Trust  shall pay the  Employee  the amount  designated  therein  in  immediately
available  funds,  unless  prior  thereto the Bank  provides  the trustee with a
written  notice  directing the trustee to withhold  such payment.  In the latter
event,  the  trustee  shall  submit  the  dispute  to   non-appealable   binding
arbitration for

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

a  determination  of  the  amount  payable  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  and the costs of such  arbitration  shall be paid by the  Bank.  The
trustee shall choose the arbitrator to settle the dispute,  and such  arbitrator
shall be bound by the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  in making
his determination.  The parties and the trustee shall be bound by the results of
the arbitration and, within 3 days of the  determination by the arbitrator,  the
trustee shall pay from the Trust the amounts required to be paid to the Employee
and/or the Bank, and in no event shall the trustee be liable to either party for
making the payments as determined by the arbitrator.

         Upon the earlier of (I) any payment from the Trust to the Employee,  or
(ii) the date  twelve  (12)  months  after the date on which the Bank  makes the
deposit referred to in the first paragraph of this subsection 11(d), the trustee
of  the  Trust  shall  pay to the  Bank  the  entire  balance  remaining  in the
segregated  account  maintained  for the benefit of the  Employee.  The Employee
shall  thereafter  have  no  further  interest  in the  Trust  pursuant  to this
Agreement.

         (d)  Indemnification.  The Bank shall  indemnify and hold the Executive
harmless  from any and all loss,  expense or liability  that he may incur due to
his services for the Company  (including  any  liability he may ever incur under
Code ss. 4999, or a successor, as the result of benefits he collects pursuant to
Sections 10 or 12).

         13.  Indemnification.  The  Bank  and  the  Company  agree  that  their
respective  Bylaws shall continue to provide for  indemnification  of directors,
officers,  employees  and  agents  of the Bank and the  Company,  including  the
Employee  during the full term of this  Agreement,  and to at all times  provide
adequate insurance for such purposes.

         14. Additional Offices. The Employee agrees to serve without additional
compensation,  if elected  or  appointed  thereto,  as an officer in one or more
offices or as a director of any subsidiary of the Company or the Bank; provided,
however,  the Employee shall not be required to serve in such additional offices
or as a director of any  subsidiary,  if such  service  would  expose him, as an
individual, to adverse financial conditions.

         15. Reimbursement of Employee for Enforcement Proceedings. In the event
that any dispute  arises  between the  Employee  and the Bank as to the terms or
interpretation of this Agreement, whether instituted by formal legal proceedings
or otherwise, including any action that the Employee takes to defend against any
action taken by the Bank or the Company,  the Employee  shall be reimbursed  for
all costs and expenses,  including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from such
dispute,  proceedings  or actions,  provided that the Employee  obtains either a
written  settlement  or a final  judgement by a court of competent  jurisdiction
substantially  in his favor.  Such  reimbursement  shall be paid within ten (10)
days of Employee's furnishing to the Bank written evidence,  which may be in the
form,  among  other  things,  of a cancelled  check or receipt,  of any costs or
expenses incurred by the Employee.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         16.  Federal  Income  Tax  Withholding.  The Bank and the  Company  may
withhold  all federal and state  income or other taxes from any benefit  payable
under this  Agreement  as shall be required  pursuant  to any law or  government
regulation or ruling.

         17.  Successors and Assigns.

                  (a) Bank and Company.  This Agreement  shall not be assignable
by the Bank and the Company,  provided  that this  Agreement  shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other  successor of the Bank and
the  Company  which  shall   acquire,   directly  or   indirectly,   by  merger,
consolidation,  purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or
stock of the Bank.

                  (b) Employee.  Since the Bank and the Company are  contracting
for the  unique and  personal  skills of the  Employee,  the  Employee  shall be
precluded from assigning or delegating  his rights or duties  hereunder  without
first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the Bank and the  Company;  provided,
however,  that nothing in this  paragraph  shall  preclude (I) the Employee from
designating  a beneficiary  to receive any benefit  payable  hereunder  upon his
death, or (ii) the executors,  administrators, or other legal representatives of
the Employee or his estate from assigning any rights  hereunder to the person or
persons entitled thereunto.

                  (c) Attachment. Except as required by law, no right to receive
payments under this  Agreement  shall be subject to  anticipation,  commutation,
alienation, sale, assignment,  encumbrance,  charge, pledge, or hypothecation or
to exclusion,  attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of
law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary,  to effect any such action shall
be null, void and of no effect.

         18.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding  unless  made in  writing  and signed by all of the  parties,  except as
herein otherwise specifically provided.

         19.  Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, the
laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  shall govern this  Agreement in all
respects,  whether as to its validity,  construction,  capacity,  performance or
otherwise.

         20.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         21. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement,  together with any understanding
or  modifications  thereof  as  agreed  to in  writing  by  the  parties,  shall
constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto.

                                      -12-




                                  EXHIBIT 10.2
<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------

         THIS  AGREEMENT  entered  into  this 15th day of  September,  1999 (the
"Effective Date"), by and between Lewis J. Critelli (the "Employee"), Wayne Bank
(the "Bank"), and Norwood Financial Corp. (the "Company").

         WHEREAS,  the  Executive  continues  to serve the bank in an  executive
capacity under the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the Employee has heretofore  been employed by the Bank as its
Chief Financial  Officer and is experienced in all phases of the business of the
Bank; and

         WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of the Bank and of the Company believe
it is in their  mutual  best  interests  to enter into this  Agreement  with the
Employee  in order to assure  continuity  of  management  and to  reinforce  and
encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Employee to his assigned
duties; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing
employment relationship of the Employee, the Bank and the Company.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

Description of Duties: Responsible for managing the Finance and Operations Group
in an effective  manner.  Primary duties include ongoing  management of finance,
accounting  and  investment  activities;  timely  and  accurate  filing  of  all
regulatory  reports;  an appropriate  budgeting process and  asset/liability and
interest  rate risk  management.  Managing the  Operations  Division in order to
provide efficient, accurate and cost-effective technical and operational support
services.  Managing the Bank marketing efforts,  coordinating investor relations
function  and  oversight  of the Bank  non-deposit  product  sales.  Supervising
assigned  personnel;  communicating  and  interfacing  with other  divisions and
management personnel. Reports to the President and Chief Executive Officer.

         1.       Defined Terms

         When used anywhere in this  Agreement,  the following  terms shall have
the meaning set forth herein.

     (a) "Change in Control" shall mean any one of the following events: (I) the
acquisition  of ownership,  holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Bank's
or the Company's  voting stock,  (ii) the  acquisition of the ability to control
the election of a majority of the Bank's or the Company's  directors,  (iii) the
acquisition  of a controlling  influence  over the management or policies of the
Bank or the Company by any person or by persons acting as a "group"  (within the
meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), or (iv) during
any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals (the "Continuing  Directors")
who at the



<PAGE>

beginning  of such period  constitute  the Board of Directors of the Bank or the
Company  (the  "Existing  Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute  at least
two-thirds  thereof,  provided that any individual  whose election or nomination
for  election  as a member of the  Existing  Board was  approved by a vote of at
least two-thirds of the Continuing  Directors then in office shall be considered
a Continuing Director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the case of (I), (ii)
and (iii) hereof,  ownership or control of the Bank by the Company  itself shall
not  constitute a Change in Control.  For purposes of this  paragraph  only, the
term  "person"  refers to an individual or a  corporation,  partnership,  trust,
association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

     (b) "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time, and as interpreted  through  applicable rulings and regulations in
effect from time to time.

     (c) "Codess.280G  Maximum" shall mean product of 2.99 and his "base amount"
as defined in Code ss.280G(b)(3).

     (d) "Good  Reason" shall mean any of the  following  events,  which has not
been  consented  to in advance by the Employee in writing:  (I) the  requirement
that  the  Employee  move his  personal  residence,  or  perform  his  principal
executive  functions,  more than sixty (60) miles from his primary  office as of
the date of the Change in Control;  (ii) a material  reduction in the Employee's
base  compensation  as in effect on the date of the  Change in Control or as the
same may be  increased  from time to time;  (iii) the failure by the Bank or the
Company to continue to provide  the  Employee  with  compensation  and  benefits
provided for on the date of the Change in Control,  as the same may be increased
from time to time, or with benefits  substantially  similar to those provided to
him  under  any of the  employee  benefit  plans in which  the  Employee  now or
hereafter becomes a participant,  or the taking of any action by the Bank or the
Company  which  would  directly  or  indirectly  reduce any of such  benefits or
deprive the Employee of any material  fringe benefit  enjoyed by him at the time
of the Change in Control or within the protected period;  (iv) the assignment to
the  Employee of duties and  responsibilities  materially  different  from those
normally  associated  with his  position;  (v) a failure to elect or reelect the
Employee to the Board of Directors  of the Bank or the Company,  if the Employee
is serving on such Board on the date of the Change in  Control;  (vi) a material
diminution  or  reduction  in  the  Employee's   responsibilities  or  authority
(including  reporting  responsibilities)  in connection with his employment with
the Bank or the Company;  or (vii) a material  reduction in the  secretarial  or
other administrative support of the Employee. In addition,  "Good Reasons" shall
mean an impairment of the Employee's health to an extent that it makes continued
performance of his duties hereunder hazardous to his physical or mental health.

     (e) "Just Cause" shall mean, in the good faith  determination of the Bank's
Board of Directors,  the Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful
misconduct,  breach of fiduciary duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
failure  to  perform  stated  duties,  willful  violation  of any  law,  rule or
regulation  (other  than  traffic  violations  or  similar  offenses)

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material  breach of any provision of this
Agreement.  The Employee  shall have no right to receive  compensation  or other
benefits for any period after  termination for Just Cause. No act, or failure to
act, on the Employee's part shall be considered  "willful"  unless he has acted,
or failed to act, with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable  belief
that his action or failure to act was in the best  interest  of the Bank and the
Company.

     (f)  "Protected  Period"  shall mean the period that begins on the date six
months  before a Change in  Control  and ends on the  later of the first  annual
anniversary of the Change in Control or the expiration date of this Agreement.

     2. Employment.  The Employee is employed as the Chief Financial  Officer of
the Bank and of the Company.  In each  capacity,  the Employee shall render such
administrative  and  management  services  for the Bank and the  Company  as are
currently  rendered and as are  customarily  performed by persons  situated in a
similar executive capacity. The Employee shall also promote, by entertainment or
otherwise,  as and to the extent  permitted by law, the business of the Bank and
the  Company.  The  Employee's  other  duties  shall  be such as the  Boards  of
Directors of the Bank and the Company may from time to time  reasonably  direct,
including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

     3. Base  Compensation.  The Bank agrees to pay the Employee during the term
of this Agreement a salary at the rate of $110,000.00 per annum, payable in cash
not less  frequently  than  monthly.  The Board of  Directors  of the Bank shall
review,  not less often than annually,  the rate of the Employee's  salary,  and
shall increase the employee's base salary by no less than $3,000.00 per year for
2000,  2001, 2002, 2003, 2004. The Company hereby agrees that, in lieu of paying
the  Employee  a base  salary  during  the term of this  Agreement,  it shall be
jointly  and  severally  liable with the Bank for the payment of all amounts due
under this Agreement. Nevertheless, the Board of Directors of the Company may in
its  discretion at any time during the term of this  Agreement  agree to pay the
Employee a base salary for the remaining term of this Agreement. If the Board of
Directors of the Company agrees to pay such salary,  the Board shall  thereafter
review, not less often than annually,  the rate of the Employee's salary, and in
its sole discretion may decide to increase his salary.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, following a Change in Control, the Boards of
Directors of the Bank and the Company shall continue to annually review the rate
of the Employee's salary, and shall increase said rate of salary by a percentage
which is not less than the average annual percentage increase in salary that the
Employee received over the three calendar years  immediately  preceding the year
in which the Change in Control occurs.

     4.  Discretionary  Bonuses.  The Employee shall participate in an equitable
manner  with  all  other  senior  management   employees  of  the  Bank  and  in
discretionary  bonuses  that the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company
may  award  from time to time to their  senior  management  employees.  No other
compensation provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

a substitute  for the  Employee's  right to  participate  in such  discretionary
bonuses.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  following a Change in  Control,  the
Employee shall receive  discretionary  bonuses that are made no less  frequently
than,  and in annual  amounts not less than,  the average  annual  discretionary
bonuses  paid to the  Employee  during  the  three  calendar  years  immediately
preceding the year in which the Change in Control occurs.

     5. Participation in Retirement, Medical and Other Plans.
        ----------------------------------------------------

     (a) During the term of this  Agreement,  the Employee  shall be eligible to
participate in the following benefit plans: group  hospitalization,  disability,
health,  dental,  sick leave, life insurance,  travel and/or accident insurance,
retirement,  pension, and/or other present or future qualified plans provided by
the  Bank,  generally  which  benefits,  taken as a  whole,  must be at least as
favorable as those in effect on the Effective Date and the Company.

     (b) The Employee shall be eligible to  participate  in any fringe  benefits
which  are or may  become  available  to the  Bank's  and the  Company's  senior
management  employees,  including  for  example:  any stock  option or incentive
compensation  plans,  and any other  benefits  which are  commensurate  with the
responsibilities  and  functions  to be  performed  by the  Employee  under this
Agreement.  The Employee shall be reimbursed  for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket
business  expenses  which he shall incur in connection  with his services  under
this  Agreement  upon  substantiation  of such expenses in  accordance  with the
policies  of the Bank  and the  Company.  Additionally,  the  Employee  shall be
entitled to:

     (1) Banking Industry Functions.  The Employee may devote reasonable time to
attending   seminars  and  meetings   sponsored  by  the  Pennsylvania   Bankers
Association,  the American Bankers  Association and other banking or educational
organizations at the expense of the Bank.

     (2) Other  Perquisites  and Benefits.  The  Executive  shall be entitled to
receive such other  perquisites and fringe benefits as the Board of Directors of
the Bank reasonably deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

     6. Term.  The Bank and the  Company  hereby  employ the  Employee,  and the
Employee  hereby accepts such employment  under this  Agreement,  for the period
commencing on the  Effective  Date and ending sixty months  thereafter  (or such
earlier date as is determined in accordance with Section 10 or 12).

     In the event the Employee serves the full term of this  Agreement,  and the
Bank does not offer to renew this  Agreement upon  substantially  the same terms
and  conditions  for an  additional  five (5) year term,  the Employee  shall be
entitled to a severance  allowance  of twelve  months of his then  current  base
annual salary,  plus such vested employee  benefits to which the Employee may be
entitled when due and payable, and the Bank shall have no further obligations to
the Employee  under this  Agreement,  EXCEPT that in such event,  the Bank shall
provide,  at the


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Employee's request,  out-placement services to the Employee through Drake, Beam,
and Moran, New York, New York, or such comparable  out-placement  service as the
parties shall select. The Bank's costs for such services shall not exceed 17% of
the Employee's then current base annual salary.


         7.       Loyalty; Noncompetition; Nondisclosure.
                  --------------------------------------

     (a) Loyalty.  During the period of his employment  hereunder and except for
illnesses,  reasonable vacation periods,  and reasonable leaves of absence,  the
Employee  shall devote  substantially  all his full  business  time,  attention,
skill,  and  efforts  to  the  faithful  performance  of his  duties  hereunder;
provided,  however,  from  time to time,  Employee  may  serve on the  boards of
directors  of,  and hold  any  other  offices  or  positions  in,  companies  or
organizations,  which will not present any  conflict of interest  with the Bank,
the Company or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates or unfavorably affect the
performance of Employee's duties pursuant to this Agreement, or will not violate
any applicable statute or regulation.  "Full business time" is hereby defined as
that amount of time usually  devoted to like  companies  by  similarly  situated
executive  officers.  Except  with the prior  written  approval  of the Board of
Directors of the Bank,  the Executive  shall not engage in any other business or
commercial  activities,  duties or pursuits,  during the term of this Agreement.
Under no  circumstances  may the Employee  engage in any business or  commercial
activities,  duties or pursuits  which  compete with the business or  commercial
activities of the Bank nor may the Employee serve as a director or officer or in
any other capacity in a company or financial institution which competes with the
Bank. Investments and personal activities not resulting in material compensation
or a  conflict  of  interest  with the Bank  shall not be deemed a breach of the
restrictions of this paragraph. Participation in trade associations, charitable,
civil or similar  not-for-profit,  philanthropic or eleemosynary  organizations,
including  service as an officer  or  director,  shall not be deemed a breach of
this  Agreement,  but the total  amount of time  spent by the  Employee  in such
activities  during normal  working hours shall be  periodically  reviewed by the
Board of Directors of the Bank.

     (b)  Noncompetition.  The  Employee  covenants  and agrees as follows:  the
Employee shall not directly or indirectly, within the marketing area of the Bank
or the Company  (defined as Wayne County,  Pennsylvania) or any future marketing
area of the Bank or the Company  (defined as an area within  fifty (50) miles of
any branch office located outside of Wayne County, Pennsylvania and begun during
the  Employee's  employment  under the terms of this  Agreement),  enter into or
engage  generally in  competition  with the Bank or the Company either as a sole
proprietor  or as a  partner  or  joint  venturer,  or as a  director,  officer,
shareholder  (except  as a  shareholder  of less than five  percent  (5%) of the
outstanding shares of a corporation if Executive is not an employee,  officer or
director of such corporation), employee or agent for any person, for a period of
one  (1)  year  after  the  date of  termination  of his  employment  if (I) the
Employee's  employment  is terminated  for Just Cause  pursuant to Section 10 of
this Agreement,  or (ii) such  termination is the result of a resignation by the
Employee other than pursuant to subsection


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

10(d)(2) or subsection  12(a) of this  Agreement.  The Employee  agrees that any
breach of  restrictions  set forth in this paragraph shall result in irreparable
injury to the Bank and the  Company  and for which they shall have not  adequate
remedy  at law and the Bank and the  Company  shall be  entitled  to  injunctive
relief  in order to  enforce  the  provisions  hereof.  In the  event  that this
paragraph  shall be  determined  by any court of  competent  jurisdiction  to be
unenforceable  in part by  reason  of it being  too  great a  period  of time or
covering too great a geographical  area, it shall be in full force and effect as
to that period of time or  geographical  area determined to be reasonable by the
court.

     (c) Unauthorized Disclosure. At no time during the period of his employment
hereunder and thereafter, shall the Employee, without the written consent of the
Boards  of  Directors  of the Bank or a  person  authorized  thereby,  knowingly
disclose to any  person,  other than an employee of the Bank or the Company or a
person to whom  disclosure is reasonably  necessary or appropriate in connection
with the  performance  by the Employee of his duties as an executive of the Bank
or the Company, any material  confidential  information obtained by him while in
the employ of the Bank or the Company  with  respect to any of the Bank's or the
Company's  services,  products,  improvements,   formulas,  designs  or  styles,
processes,  customers,  methods of  distribution  of any business  practices the
disclosure  of which he knows  will be  materially  damaging  to the Bank or the
Company; provided,  however, that confidential information shall not include any
information   known  generally  to  the  public  (other  than  as  a  result  of
unauthorized  disclosure  by the  Employee)  or any  information  of a type  not
otherwise  considered  confidential by persons engaged in the same business or a
business similar to that conducted by the Bank and the Bank.

     (d) Nothing  contained in this Section  shall be deemed to prevent or limit
the Employee's  right to invest in the capital stock or other  securities of any
business  dissimilar  from  that of the Bank or the  Company,  or,  solely  as a
passive or minority investor, in any business.

     8. Standards. The Employee shall perform his duties under this Agreement in
accordance with such reasonable standards as the Boards of Directors of the Bank
and the Company may establish  from time to time.  The Bank and the Company will
provide  Employee with the working  facilities  and staff  customary for similar
executives and necessary for him to perform his duties.

     9. Vacation and Sick Leave. At such reasonable  times as the Board shall in
its discretion permit,  the Employee shall be entitled,  without loss of pay, to
absent himself  voluntarily  from the  performance of his employment  under this
Agreement, all such voluntary absences to count as vacation time, provided that:

     (a) The Employee shall be entitled to an annual vacation in accordance with
the  policies  that the Board  periodically  establishes  for senior  management
employees  of the  Bank,  but not less than  three  weeks in any  calendar  year
(pro-rated in any calendar year during which the

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

Employee  is  employed  hereunder  for less  than the  entire  calendar  year in
accordance with the number of days in such year which he is so employed).

     (b) The Employee  shall not receive any  additional  compensation  from the
Bank or the  Company on account of his failure to take a vacation or sick leave,
and the Employee  shall not accumulate  unused  vacation from one fiscal year to
the next, except in either case to the extent authorized by the Board.

     (c) In addition to the  aforesaid  paid  vacations,  the Employee  shall be
entitled without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance
of his employment with the Bank and the Company for such  additional  periods of
time  and  for  such  valid  and  legitimate  reasons  as the  Board  may in its
discretion  determine.  Further,  the  Boards of  Directors  of the Bank and the
Company may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence,  with or without
pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and  conditions as such Boards in
their discretion may determine.

     (d) In  addition,  the  Employee  shall be entitled to an annual sick leave
benefit as established by the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Company.

     10.  Termination and  Termination  Pay.  Subject to Section 12 hereof,  the
Employee's   employment   hereunder  may  be  terminated   under  the  following
circumstances:

     (a) Death.  The Employee's  employment under this Agreement shall terminate
upon his death during the term of this Agreement,  in which event the Employee's
estate shall be entitled to receive the  compensation  due the Employee  through
the last day of the calendar month in which his death occurred.

     (b)  Disability.  The Bank and the Company  may  terminate  the  Employee's
employment  if the  Employee  becomes  totally  and  permanently  disabled.  The
Employee shall be deemed totally and  permanently  disabled if he becomes unable
to  perform a  substantial  portion of his duties  under  this  Agreement  and a
physician  selected by Bank determines such inability will continue for a period
of six (6)  months  or more  and is  likely  to be  permanent  and the  Employee
qualifies to receive total disability benefits under Bank's disability insurance
plan. Such termination  shall be without prejudice to any right the Employee may
have to receive benefits under any disability  insurance plan maintained by Bank
or the Company.

     (c)  Just  Cause.  The  Board  may,  by  written  notice  to the  Employee,
immediately  terminate his employment at any time, for Just Cause.  The Employee
shall have no right to receive  compensation  or other  benefits  for any period
after  termination for Just Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement,  the Bank
shall have "Just Cause" to terminate the Employee's employment hereunder upon:


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

               (1) the willful failure by the Employee to substantially  perform
          his material duties  hereunder  other than any such failure  resulting
          from the Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness; or

               (2) conviction of a felony; or

               (3) the willful  violation by the Employee of the  provisions  of
          this Agreement; or

               (4) the willful  violation  by the  Employee of material  Bank or
          Company policy as formally  expressed by the Board of Directors of the
          Company or the Bank; or

               (5) the violation of state or federal  banking,  tax or financial
          laws,  regulations  or rules in his own conduct or in the operation of
          the Bank or the Company,  the result of which is materially adverse to
          the Bank or the Company; or

     None of the above  which are  capable of being  cured  shall be grounds for
termination  until Bank and the Company give notice  thereof to the Employee and
the Employee fails to cure such failure or violation  within thirty (30) days of
said notice,  or if said failure or violation cannot be cured within thirty (30)
days,  within  a  reasonable  time  thereafter  if the  Employee  is  diligently
attempting to cure the failure or violation.

     Bank and the  Company  may  terminate  this  Agreement  without  notice and
opportunity  to cure upon receipt of a final  written  directive or order of any
governmental  body or entity  having  jurisdiction  over the Bank or the Company
requiring  termination or removal of the Employee from the positions  referenced
in Section 2 of this Agreement.

     (d) Without Just Cause; Constructive Discharge. (1) The Boards of Directors
of the Bank and the Company may, by written notice to the Employee,  immediately
terminate  his  employment  at any time for a reason  other than Just Cause,  in
which event the Employee shall be entitled to receive the following compensation
and benefits  (unless such  termination  occurs during the  Protected  Period in
which  event the  benefits  and  compensation  provided  for in Section 12 shall
apply): (I) the salary provided pursuant to Section 3 hereof, up to the later of
the  expiration  date of this  Agreement  (including  any renewal  term) of this
Agreement  and the date  that is 12  months  after  the  employee's  last day of
employment,  and (ii)  long-term  disability  and such  medical  benefits as are
available  to the  Employee  under the  provisions  of COBRA for  eighteen  (18)
months.  All amounts payable to the Employee shall be paid, at the option of the
Employee,  either (I) in periodic  payments through the Expiration Date, or (II)
in one lump sum within ten (10) days of such termination.

     (2) The Employee shall be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits
payable  under  subsection  10(d)(1)  hereof  in the  event  that  the  Employee
voluntarily  terminates  employment  within 90 days of an event that constitutes
Good Reason,  (unless such  voluntary

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

termination  occurs during the Protected Period, in which event the benefits and
compensation provided for in Section 12 shall apply).

     (e)  Termination  or  Suspension  Under Federal Law. (1) If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs  by an order  issued  under  Sections  8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the
Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)),  all
obligations  of  the  Bank  under  this  Agreement  shall  terminate,  as of the
effective  date of the order,  but  vested  rights of the  parties  shall not be
affected.

     (2) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA),  all
obligations of the Bank under this Agreement  shall  terminate as of the date of
default;  however,  this  Paragraph  shall not affect  the vested  rights of the
parties.

     (3) If a notice  served  under  Section  8(e)(3)  or (g)(1) of the FDIA (12
U.S.C.  1818(e)(3) or (g)(1)) suspends and/or temporarily prohibits the Employee
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs,  the Bank's obligations
under this Agreement  shall be suspended as of the date of such service,  unless
stayed by appropriate  proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are dismissed,
the  Bank  may in its  discretion  (I)  pay  the  Employee  all or  part  of the
compensation  withheld while its contract  obligations were suspended,  and (ii)
reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

     (f) Voluntary Termination by Employee. Subject to Section 12(a)(ii) hereof,
the Employee may voluntarily  terminate employment with the Bank during the term
of this  Agreement,  upon at least ninety (90) days' prior written notice to the
Board  of  Directors,  in  which  case  the  Employee  shall  receive  only  his
compensation,  vested  rights  and  employee  benefits  up to  the  date  of his
termination  (unless such termination occurs pursuant to Section 10(d)(2) hereof
or within the  Protected  Period,  in which event the benefits and  compensation
provided for in Sections 10(d) or 12, as applicable, shall apply).

     11. No  Mitigation.  The  Employee  shall not be required  to mitigate  the
amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment
or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any
compensation or benefits provided to the Employee in any subsequent employment.

     12. Change in Control Severance Payments.

     (a) Trigger Events. The Employee shall be entitled to collect the severance
benefits set forth in  Subsection  (b) hereof in the event that (I) the Employee
voluntarily terminates employment either for any reason within the 30-day period
beginning  on the date of a Change in  Control,  (ii) the  Employee  voluntarily
terminates  employment  within 90 days of an event that both  occurs  during the
Protected Period and constitutes  Good Reason,  or (iii) the Bank or the Company
or their  successor(s) in interest  terminate the Employee's  employment without
his  written  consent  and for any  reason  other  than Just  Cause  during  the
Protected Period.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     (b) Amount of  Severance  Benefit.  If the  Employee  becomes  entitled  to
collect severance  benefits pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Bank shall pay
the Employee:

                    (I) a  severance  benefit  equal to the  maximum  as defined
               under Code ss.280G(b)(2) that the Employee receives on account of
               the Change in Control, and

                    (ii) pay for long-term  disability  and provide such medical
               benefits as are available to the Employee under the provisions of
               COBRA, for eighteen (18) months (or such longer period,  up to 24
               months, if COBRA is amended).

     Said sum shall be paid in one lump sum within ten (10) days of the later of
the date of the Change in Control and the Employee's last day of employment with
the Bank or the Company.

     (c) Funding of Grantor  Trust upon  Change in  Control.  Not later than ten
business days after a Change in Control,  the Bank shall (I) establish a grantor
trust (the "Trust") that is designed in accordance with Revenue  Procedure 92-64
and has a trustee independent of the Bank and the Company,  (ii) deposit in said
Trust an amount  equal to the Code  ss.280G  Maximum,  unless the  Employee  has
previously  provided a written release of any claims under this  Agreement,  and
(iii)  provide  the trustee of the Trust with a written  direction  to hold said
amount and any investment return thereon in a segregated account for the benefit
of the Employee, and to follow the procedures set forth in the next paragraph as
to the payment of such amounts  from the Trust.  Upon the earlier of the Trust's
final  payment of all amounts due under the  following  paragraph or the date 15
months  after the Change in  Control,  the trustee of the Trust shall pay to the
Bank the entire balance remaining in the segregated  account  maintained for the
benefit of the Employee.  The Employee shall thereafter have no further interest
in the Trust.

     During the  12-consecutive  month  period  after a Change in  Control,  the
Employee may provide the trustee of the Trust with a written  notice  requesting
that the trustee pay to the Employee an amount designated in the notice as being
payable  pursuant to this Agreement.  Within three business days after receiving
said  notice,  the  trustee of the Trust  shall send a copy of the notice to the
Bank via overnight and registered  mail return receipt  requested.  On the tenth
(10th)  business day after  mailing said notice to the Bank,  the trustee of the
Trust  shall pay the  Employee  the amount  designated  therein  in  immediately
available  funds,  unless  prior  thereto the Bank  provides  the trustee with a
written  notice  directing the trustee to withhold  such payment.  In the latter
event,  the  trustee  shall  submit  the  dispute  to   non-appealable   binding
arbitration for a determination  of the amount payable to the Employee  pursuant
to this Agreement,  and the costs of such arbitration shall be paid by the Bank.
The  trustee  shall  choose  the  arbitrator  to settle  the  dispute,  and such
arbitrator shall be bound by the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association
in making his  determination.  The parties and the trustee shall be bound by the
results  of the  arbitration  and,  within  3 days of the  determination  by the
arbitrator, the trustee shall pay from the Trust the amounts required to be paid
to the Employee  and/or the Bank, and in no event shall the trustee be liable to
either party for making the payments as determined by the arbitrator.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     Upon the earlier of (I) any payment from the Trust to the Employee, or (ii)
the date twelve  (12) months  after the date on which the Bank makes the deposit
referred to in the first paragraph of this subsection  11(d), the trustee of the
Trust  shall pay to the Bank the  entire  balance  remaining  in the  segregated
account  maintained  for  the  benefit  of  the  Employee.  The  Employee  shall
thereafter have no further interest in the Trust pursuant to this Agreement.

     (d)  Indemnification.  The Bank  shall  indemnify  and  hold the  Executive
harmless  from any and all loss,  expense or liability  that he may incur due to
his services for the Company  (including  any  liability he may ever incur under
Code ss. 4999, or a successor, as the result of benefits he collects pursuant to
Sections 10 or 12).

     13.  Indemnification.  The Bank and the Company agree that their respective
Bylaws shall  continue to provide for  indemnification  of directors,  officers,
employees and agents of the Bank and the Company,  including the Employee during
the full term of this Agreement,  and to at all times provide adequate insurance
for such purposes.

     14.  Additional  Offices.  The Employee agrees to serve without  additional
compensation,  if elected  or  appointed  thereto,  as an officer in one or more
offices or as a director of any subsidiary of the Company or the Bank; provided,
however,  the Employee shall not be required to serve in such additional offices
or as a director of any  subsidiary,  if such  service  would  expose him, as an
individual, to adverse financial conditions.

     15.  Reimbursement  of Employee for Enforcement  Proceedings.  In the event
that any dispute  arises  between the  Employee  and the Bank as to the terms or
interpretation of this Agreement, whether instituted by formal legal proceedings
or otherwise, including any action that the Employee takes to defend against any
action taken by the Bank or the Company,  the Employee  shall be reimbursed  for
all costs and expenses,  including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from such
dispute,  proceedings  or actions,  provided that the Employee  obtains either a
written  settlement  or a final  judgement by a court of competent  jurisdiction
substantially  in his favor.  Such  reimbursement  shall be paid within ten (10)
days of Employee's furnishing to the Bank written evidence,  which may be in the
form,  among  other  things,  of a canceled  check or  receipt,  of any costs or
expenses incurred by the Employee.

     16. Federal Income Tax  Withholding.  The Bank and the Company may withhold
all federal and state income or other taxes from any benefit  payable under this
Agreement as shall be required  pursuant to any law or government  regulation or
ruling.

     17.Successors and Assigns.

     (a) Bank and Company.  This  Agreement  shall not be assignable by the Bank
and the Company,  provided that this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be binding  upon any  corporate  or other  successor of the Bank and the Company
which shall acquire, directly or

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

indirectly,   by  merger,   consolidation,   purchase  or   otherwise,   all  or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank.

     (b) Employee. Since the Bank and the Company are contracting for the unique
and  personal  skills of the  Employee,  the Employee  shall be  precluded  from
assigning or delegating his rights or duties  hereunder  without first obtaining
the written consent of the Bank and the Company; provided, however, that nothing
in this paragraph shall preclude (I) the Employee from designating a beneficiary
to receive any benefit payable  hereunder upon his death, or (ii) the executors,
administrators,  or other legal  representatives  of the  Employee or his estate
from assigning any rights hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereunto.

     (c)  Attachment.  Except as required  by law, no right to receive  payments
under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation,  commutation, alienation,
sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation or to exclusion,
attachment,  levy or similar  process or assignment by operation of law, and any
attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void
and of no effect.

     18.  Amendments.  No  amendments  or additions to this  Agreement  shall be
binding  unless  made in  writing  and signed by all of the  parties,  except as
herein otherwise specifically provided.

     19. Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, the laws
of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall govern this Agreement in all respects,
whether as to its validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise.

     20.  Severability.  The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

     21. Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.


                                      -12-






                                  EXHIBIT 10.6
<PAGE>

                                   WAYNE BANK
                          SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

     THIS  AGREEMENT is made  effective  this First day of October  1999, by and
between  WAYNE  BANK,  a state bank  located  in  Honesdale,  Pennsylvania  (the
"Company") and William W. Davis, Jr. (the "Executive").

                                  INTRODUCTION

     To  encourage  the  Executive  to remain an  employee of the  Company,  the
Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

                                    AGREEMENT

     The Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

     1.1 Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words and
phrases shall have the meanings specified:

              1.1.1  "Change of  Control"  shall  mean any one of the  following
       events:  (i) the acquisition of ownership,  holding or power to vote more
       than 25% of the Company's or the  Corporation's  voting  stock,  (ii) the
       acquisition  of the ability to control the  election of a majority of the
       Company's or the  Corporation's  directors,  (iii) the  acquisition  of a
       controlling  influence  over the management or policies of the Company or
       the  Corporation by any person or by persons acting as a "group"  (within
       the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934), or
       (iv)  during  any  period  of two  consecutive  years,

                                       1
<PAGE>

     individuals  (the  "Continuing  Directors")  who at the  beginning  of such
     period  constitute the Board of Directors of the Company or the Corporation
     (the  "Existing  Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least
     two-thirds  thereof,   provided  that  any  individual  whose  election  or
     nomination for election as a member of the Existing Board was approved by a
     vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in office
     shall be considered a Continuing  Director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     in the case of (i),  (ii) and (iii)  hereof,  ownership  or  control of the
     Company by the Corporation itself shall not constitute a Change in Control.
     For  purposes  of this  paragraph  only,  the term  "person"  refers  to an
     individual  or  a  corporation,   partnership,  trust,  association,  joint
     venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship,  unincorporated organization
     or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

          1.1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          1.1.3 "Corporation" means Norwood Financial Corp.

          1.1.4  "Disability"  means the Executive  shall be deemed  totally and
     permanently  disabled if he becomes unable to perform a substantial portion
     of his  duties  under  this  agreement  and a  physician  selected  by Bank
     determines  such  inability will continue for a period of six (6) months or
     more and is likely to be permanent and the  Executive  qualifies to receive
     total disability benefits under Bank's disability insurance plan.

          1.1.5 "Early  Termination"  means the Termination of Employment before
     Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination
     for Cause or following a Change of Control.

          1.1.6 "Early  Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which
     Early Termination occurs.

          1.1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

          1.1.8  "Normal   Retirement  Date"  means  the  later  of  the  Normal
     Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

          1.1.9 "Plan Year" means each  twelve-month  period commencing with the
     effective date of this Agreement.

          1.1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

          1.1.11  "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to
     be employed by the Company for any reason  whatsoever  other than by reason
     of a leave of absence  which is approved by the  Company.  For  purposes of
     this  Agreement,  if there is a


                                       2

<PAGE>

     dispute  over the  employment  status of the  Executive  or the date of the
     Executive's Termination of Employment,  the Company shall have the sole and
     absolute right to decide the dispute.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

     2.1 Normal Retirement  Benefit.  Upon Termination of Employment on or after
the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to
the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other
benefit under this Agreement.

          2.1.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual Normal  Retirement  Benefit under
     this Section 2.1 is $61,000 (sixty-one  thousand dollars).  The Company may
     increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1 at the sole and absolute
     discretion of the Company's Board of Directors.  Any increase in the annual
     benefit  shall require the  recalculation  of all the amounts on Schedule A
     attached hereto. The annual benefit amounts on Schedule A are calculated by
     amortizing the annual normal  retirement  benefit using the interest method
     of  accounting,  a 7.50%  discount rate,  monthly  compounding  and monthly
     payments.

          2.1.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing  with the month  following  the  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement Date and continuing for 179 additional months.

          2.1.3 Benefit  Increases.  Commencing on the first  anniversary of the
     first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent  anniversary,  the
     Company's  Board of  Directors,  in its sole  discretion,  may increase the
     benefit.

          2.2 Early Termination  Benefit.  Upon Early  Termination,  the Company
     shall pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.2 in
     lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

          2.2.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is
     the Early  Termination  Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan
     Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date.

          2.2.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing  with the month  following  the  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement  Age and continuing  for 179  additional  months.

          2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Executive terminates  employment due to
     Disability  prior to Normal  Retirement  Age, the Company  shall pay to the
     Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other
     benefit under this Agreement.

          2.3.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is
     the  Disability  Benefit  amount set forth in  Schedule A for the Plan Year
     ending  immediately  prior to the date in which  Termination  of Employment
     occurs.

          2.3.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  commencing  within 90 days
     after the date of the Executive's  Termination of Employment and continuing
     for 179 additional months.

          2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3.

          2.4  Change of  Control  Benefit.  If the  Executive  is in the active
     service of the  Company  at the time of a Change of  Control,  the  Company
     shall pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.4 in
     lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

          2.4.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is
     the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1.

          2.4.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing with the month following  Normal  Retirement Age and
     continuing for 179 additional months.

          2.4.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3

          2.4.4  Rabbi  Trust.  Within 10 days of a Change of  Control,  a rabbi
     trust shall be established  and shall at all times be funded with assets at
     least  equal to the  present  value of the  unpaid  balance  of the  Normal
     Retirement  Benefit.  A discount rate no greater then the ten year Treasury
     note shall be used in calculating present value.

          2.4.5 Excise tax  Reimbursement.  The Company shall indemnify and hold
     the Executive  harmless from any and all loss, expense or liability that he
     may ever  incur  under  Code ss.  4999,  or a  successor,  as the result of
     benefits he collects pursuant to this Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

     3.1 Death During Active Service.  If the Executive dies while in the active
service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary the
benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of the
Lifetime Benefits of Article 2.

          3.1.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 3.1 is
     the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1.

          3.1.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the beneficiary in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on the first day
     of each month commencing with the month following the Executive's death and
     continuing for 179 additional months.

          3.2 Death  During  Benefit  Period.  If the  Executive  dies after the
     benefit  payments have commenced under this Agreement but before  receiving
     all such  payments,  the Company  shall pay the  remaining  benefits to the
     Executive's beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would
     have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

          3.3 Death  Following  Termination  of Employment  But Before  Benefits
     Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefits  under this  Agreement,
     but dies prior to receiving  said  benefits,  the Company  shall pay to the
     Executive's  beneficiary the same benefits,  in the same manner, they would
     have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived;  however,  said
     benefit payments will commence upon the Executive's death.


                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

     4.1 Beneficiary  Designations.  The Executive shall designate a beneficiary
by filing a written  designation  with the Company.  The Executive may revoke or
modify  the  designation  at any  time by  filing  a new  designation.  However,
designations  will only be effective if signed by the  Executive and accepted by
the  Company  during  the  Executive's  lifetime.  The  Executive's  beneficiary
designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases
the  Executive,  or if the  Executive  names a  spouse  as  beneficiary  and the
marriage  is  subsequently  dissolved.  If the  Executive  dies  without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

     4.2  Facility of Payment.  If a benefit is payable to a minor,  to a person
declared incapacitated,  or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of
his or her  property,  the Company may pay such benefit to the  guardian,  legal
representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated
person or  incapable  person.  The  Company  may  require  proof of  incapacity,
minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of


                                        5

<PAGE>

the benefit.  Such distribution shall completely  discharge the Company from all
liability with respect to such benefit.

                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

          5.1 Excess Parachute or Golden Parachute Payment.  Notwithstanding any
     provision of this Agreement to the contrary,  the Company shall not pay any
     benefit  under  this  Agreement  to  the  extent  the  benefit  would  be a
     prohibited golden parachute  payment pursuant to 12 C.F.R.ss.357.2  and for
     which the appropriate  federal banking agency has not given written consent
     to pay pursuant to 12 C.F.R.ss.359.4.

          5.2  Termination  for Cause.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this
     Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this
     Agreement, if the Company terminates the Executives employment for:

               5.2.1 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

               5.2.2 Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor  involving
          moral turpitude; or

               5.2.3 Fraud,  disloyalty,  dishonesty or willful violation of any
          law or  significant  Company policy  committed in connection  with the
          Executive's  employment  and  resulting  in an  adverse  effect on the
          Company.

               5.2.4 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to
          the  contrary,  the  Company  shall  not pay any  benefit  under  this
          Agreement  if  the   Executive  is  subject  to  a  final  removal  or
          prohibition  order issued by an  appropriate  federal  banking  agency
          pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

          5.3 Competition After Termination of Employment.  No benefits shall be
     payable if the Executive, without the prior written consent of the Company,
     violates the following described restrictive covenants.

               5.3.1  Non-compete  Provision.  The Executive  shall not, for the
          term of this  Agreement and until all benefits have been  distributed,
          directly or  indirectly,  either as an  individual or as a proprietor,
          stockholder,  partner, officer, director,  employee, agent, consultant
          or independent contractor of any individual, partnership,  corporation
          or other entity  (excluding an ownership  interest of one percent (1%)
          or less in the stock of a publicly traded company):

               (i)  become  employed by,  participate in, or be connected in any
                    manner with the ownership,  management, operation or control
                    of any bank,  savings  and loan or

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    other  similar  financial  institution  if  the  Executive's
                    responsibilities  will  include  providing  banking or other
                    financial services; or (ii) participate in any way in hiring
                    or  otherwise  engaging,  or  assisting  any other person or
                    entity in  hiring or  otherwise  engaging,  on a  temporary,
                    part-time  or  permanent   basis,  any  individual  who  was
                    employed  by the  Corporation  or  any  of its  subsidiaries
                    during the three (3) year  period  immediately  prior to the
                    termination of the Executive's employment; or

               (iii)assist, advise, or serve in any capacity,  representative or
                    otherwise,  any  third  party  in  any  action  against  the
                    Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  transaction
                    involving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; or

               (iv) sell,  offer to sell,  provide  banking  or other  financial
                    services,  assist any other  person in selling or  providing
                    banking or other financial services, or solicit or otherwise
                    compete  for,  either  directly or  indirectly,  any orders,
                    contract,  or accounts for services of a kind or nature like
                    or  substantially  similar  to  the  services  performed  or
                    products sold by the Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries
                    (the preceding hereinafter referred to as "Services"), to or
                    from any  person or entity  from whom the  Executive  or the
                    Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries  provided banking or
                    other financial services, sold, offered to sell or solicited
                    orders,  contracts or accounts for Services during the three
                    (3) year period  immediately prior to the termination of the
                    Executive's employment; or

               (v)  divulge,  disclose,  or  communicate to others in any manner
                    whatsoever,  any confidential information of the Corporation
                    or any of its subsidiaries,  including,  but not limited to,
                    the names and addresses of customers of the  Corporation  or
                    any of its subsidiaries,  as they may have existed from time
                    to  time  or of  any  of  the  Corporation's  or  any of its
                    subsidiaries   prospective  customers,   work  performed  or
                    services  rendered  for  any  customer,  any  method  and/or
                    procedures  relating to projects or other work developed for
                    the  Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries,  earnings  or
                    other  information  concerning the Corporation or any of its
                    subsidiaries.    The   restrictions    contained   in   this
                    subparagraph  (v)  apply to all  information  regarding  the
                    Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries,  regardless of the
                    source  who   provided   or   compiled   such   information.
                    Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  all  information
                    referred to herein shall not be  disclosed  unless and until
                    it becomes  known to the general  public from sources  other
                    than the Executive.

               5.3.2 Judicial  Remedies.  In the event of a breach or threatened
          breach by the  Executive of any provision of these  restrictions,  the
          Executive  recognizes the substantial and immediate harm that a breach
          or threatened  breach will impose upon the  Corporation  or any of its
          subsidiaries,  and  further  recognizes  that in such  event  monetary
          damages may be inadequate to fully protect the  Corporation  or any of
          its subsidiaries.  Accordingly, in the

                                       7
<PAGE>

          event  of a  breach  or  threatened  breach  of  this  Agreement,  the
          Executive  consents to the  Corporation's  or any of its  subsidiaries
          entitlement to such ex parte, preliminary, interlocutory, temporary or
          permanent  injunctive,  or any other equitable relief,  protecting and
          fully  enforcing the  Corporation' or any of its  subsidiaries  rights
          hereunder and preventing  the Executive from further  breaching any of
          his obligations set forth herein.  The Executive  expressly waives any
          requirement, based on any statute, rule of procedure, or other source,
          that  the  Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  post a bond  as a
          condition of obtaining any of the  above-described  remedies.  Nothing
          herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Corporation or any of its
          subsidiaries  from  pursuing  any  other  remedies  available  to  the
          Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  at law or in equity for such
          breach or  threatened  breach,  including the recovery of damages from
          the Executive.  The Executive expressly  acknowledges and agrees that:
          (i) the  restrictions  set forth in Section 5.3.1 are  reasonable,  in
          terms of scope,  duration,  geographic  area, and otherwise,  (ii) the
          protections  afforded the  Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries  in
          Section  5.3.1  are  necessary  to  protect  its  legitimate  business
          interest,  (iii) the  restrictions set forth in Section 5.3.1 will not
          be materially adverse to the Executive's  employment with the Company,
          and (iv) his agreement to observe such  restrictions  forms a material
          part of the consideration for this Agreement.

               5.3.3 Overbreadth of Restrictive Covenant. It is the intention of
          the parties  that if any  restrictive  covenant in this  Agreement  is
          determined  by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to be overly broad,
          then the court should enforce such restrictive covenant to the maximum
          extent permitted under the law as to area, breadth and duration.

               5.3.4 The non-compete  provision  detailed in Section 5.3.1 shall
          not be enforceable following a Change of Control.

          5.4  Suicide  or  Misstatement.  No  benefits  shall be payable if the
     Executive  commits  suicide  within  two  years  after  the  date  of  this
     Agreement,  or if  the  insurance  company  denies  coverage  for  material
     misstatements  of fact made by the  Executive on any  application  for life
     insurance purchased by the Company, or any other reason; provided,  however
     that the Company shall evaluate the reason for the denial,  and upon advice
     of  legal  counsel  and  in  its  sole  discretion,   consider   judicially
     challenging any denial.


                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

          6.1 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall notify any person or entity
     that makes a claim  against  the  Agreement  (the  "Claimant")  in writing,
     within ninety (90) days of Claimant's written application for benefits,  of
     his or her eligibility or noneligibility  for benefits under the Agreement.
     If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or
     full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such
     denial, (2) a specific


                                       8
<PAGE>

     reference to the  provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
     (3) a description of any additional  information or material  necessary for
     the Claimant to perfect his or her claim,  and a  description  of why it is
     needed,  and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's  claims review procedure
     and  other  appropriate  information  as to the  steps  to be  taken if the
     Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed.  If the Company determines that
     there  are  special  circumstances  requiring  additional  time  to  make a
     decision,   the  Company   shall   notify  the   Claimant  of  the  special
     circumstances  and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and
     may extend the time for up to an additional ninety-day period.

          6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not
     to be eligible for benefits,  or if the Claimant believes that he or she is
     entitled to greater or  different  benefits,  the  Claimant  shall have the
     opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition
     for review with the  Company  within  sixty (60) days after  receipt of the
     notice  issued by the  Company.  Said  petition  shall  state the  specific
     reasons  which the Claimant  believes  entitle him or her to benefits or to
     greater or different benefits.  Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
     Company  of the  petition,  the  Company  shall  afford the  Claimant  (and
     counsel,  if any) an  opportunity  to present  his or her  position  to the
     Company orally or in writing,  and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the
     right to review the  pertinent  documents.  The  Company  shall  notify the
     Claimant of its decision in writing  within the sixty-day  period,  stating
     specifically the basis of its decision,  written in a manner  calculated to
     be understood by the Claimant and the specific  provisions of the Agreement
     on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing,  the
     sixty-day period is not sufficient,  the decision may be deferred for up to
     another sixty-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this
     deferral shall be given to the Claimant.


                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

          This  Agreement  may  be  amended  or  terminated  only  by a  written
     agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.


                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

          8.1 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement  shall bind the Executive and the
     Company,  and  their  beneficiaries,   survivors,  executors,   successors,
     administrators and transferees.

          8.2 No Guarantee of  Employment.  This  Agreement is not an employment
     policy or contract.  It does not give the  Executive the right to remain an
     employee of the Company,  nor does it interfere with the Company's right to
     discharge the  Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain
     an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate

                                       9
<PAGE>

     employment at any time.

          8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
     transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

          8.4 Tax  Withholding.  The Company  shall  withhold any taxes that are
     required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

          8.5 Applicable  Law. The Agreement and all rights  hereunder  shall be
     governed by the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  except to the
     extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

          8.6 Unfunded  Arrangement.  The Executive and  beneficiary are general
     unsecured  creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits  under this
     Agreement.  The benefits  represent  the mere promise by the Company to pay
     such  benefits.  The rights to  benefits  are not  subject in any manner to
     anticipation,  alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance,
     attachment,  or garnishment by creditors.  Any insurance on the Executive's
     life  is a  general  asset  of the  Company  to  which  the  Executive  and
     beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

          8.7  Recovery of Estate  Taxes.  If the  Executive's  gross estate for
     federal estate tax purposes  includes any amount determined by reference to
     and on account of this Agreement,  and if the beneficiary is other than the
     Executive's  estate,  then the  Executive's  estate  shall be  entitled  to
     recover from the beneficiary  receiving such benefit under the terms of the
     Agreement,  an amount by which the total estate tax due by the  Executive's
     estate,  exceeds the total  estate tax which would have been payable if the
     value  of such  benefit  had not been  included  in the  Executive's  gross
     estate. If there is more than one person receiving such benefit,  the right
     of recovery shall be against each such person. In the event the beneficiary
     has a liability  hereunder,  the beneficiary may petition the Company for a
     lump sum  payment in an amount not to exceed  the  beneficiary's  liability
     hereunder.

          8.8 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
     between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter  hereof.  No
     rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement  other than
     those specifically set forth herein.

          8.9 Administration.  The Company shall have powers which are necessary
     to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

               8.9.1 Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

               8.9.2  Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the
          Agreement;

               8.9.3  Maintaining  a  record  of  benefit  payments;  and  8.9.4
          Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to
          administer the Agreement.

                                       10






                                  EXHIBIT 10.7
<PAGE>

                                   WAYNE BANK
                          SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

     THIS  AGREEMENT is made  effective  this First day of October  1999, by and
between  WAYNE  BANK,  a state bank  located  in  Honesdale,  Pennsylvania  (the
"Company") and Lewis J. Critelli (the "Executive").

                                  INTRODUCTION

     To  encourage  the  Executive  to remain an  employee of the  Company,  the
Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

                                    AGREEMENT

     The Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

     1.1 Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words and
phrases shall have the meanings specified:

              1.1.1  "Change of  Control"  shall  mean any one of the  following
       events:  (i) the acquisition of ownership,  holding or power to vote more
       than 25% of the Company's or the  Corporation's  voting  stock,  (ii) the
       acquisition  of the ability to control the  election of a majority of the
       Company's or the  Corporation's  directors,  (iii) the  acquisition  of a
       controlling  influence  over the management or policies of the Company or
       the  Corporation by any person or by persons acting as a "group"  (within
       the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934), or
       (iv)  during  any  period  of two  consecutive  years,

                                       1
<PAGE>

     individuals  (the  "Continuing  Directors")  who at the  beginning  of such
     period  constitute the Board of Directors of the Company or the Corporation
     (the  "Existing  Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least
     two-thirds  thereof,   provided  that  any  individual  whose  election  or
     nomination for election as a member of the Existing Board was approved by a
     vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in office
     shall be considered a Continuing  Director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     in the case of (i),  (ii) and (iii)  hereof,  ownership  or  control of the
     Company by the Corporation itself shall not constitute a Change in Control.
     For  purposes  of this  paragraph  only,  the term  "person"  refers  to an
     individual  or  a  corporation,   partnership,  trust,  association,  joint
     venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship,  unincorporated organization
     or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

          1.1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          1.1.3 "Corporation" means Norwood Financial Corp.

          1.1.4  "Disability"  means the Executive  shall be deemed  totally and
     permanently  disabled if he becomes unable to perform a substantial portion
     of his  duties  under  this  agreement  and a  physician  selected  by Bank
     determines  such  inability will continue for a period of six (6) months or
     more and is likely to be permanent and the  Executive  qualifies to receive
     total disability benefits under Bank's disability insurance plan.

          1.1.5 "Early  Termination"  means the Termination of Employment before
     Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination
     for Cause or following a Change of Control.

          1.1.6 "Early  Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which
     Early Termination occurs.

          1.1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

          1.1.8  "Normal   Retirement  Date"  means  the  later  of  the  Normal
     Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

          1.1.9 "Plan Year" means each  twelve-month  period commencing with the
     effective date of this Agreement.

          1.1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

          1.1.11  "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to
     be employed by the Company for any reason  whatsoever  other than by reason
     of a leave of absence  which is approved by the  Company.  For  purposes of
     this  Agreement,  if there is a


                                       2

<PAGE>

     dispute  over the  employment  status of the  Executive  or the date of the
     Executive's Termination of Employment,  the Company shall have the sole and
     absolute right to decide the dispute.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

     2.1 Normal Retirement  Benefit.  Upon Termination of Employment on or after
the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to
the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other
benefit under this Agreement.

          2.1.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual Normal  Retirement  Benefit under
     this Section 2.1 is $61,000 (sixty-one  thousand dollars).  The Company may
     increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1 at the sole and absolute
     discretion of the Company's Board of Directors.  Any increase in the annual
     benefit  shall require the  recalculation  of all the amounts on Schedule A
     attached hereto. The annual benefit amounts on Schedule A are calculated by
     amortizing the annual normal  retirement  benefit using the interest method
     of  accounting,  a 7.50%  discount rate,  monthly  compounding  and monthly
     payments.

          2.1.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing  with the month  following  the  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement Date and continuing for 179 additional months.

          2.1.3 Benefit  Increases.  Commencing on the first  anniversary of the
     first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent  anniversary,  the
     Company's  Board of  Directors,  in its sole  discretion,  may increase the
     benefit.

          2.2 Early Termination  Benefit.  Upon Early  Termination,  the Company
     shall pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.2 in
     lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

          2.2.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is
     the Early  Termination  Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan
     Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date.

          2.2.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing  with the month  following  the  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement  Age and continuing  for 179  additional  months.

          2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Executive terminates  employment due to
     Disability  prior to Normal  Retirement  Age, the Company  shall pay to the
     Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other
     benefit under this Agreement.

          2.3.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is
     the  Disability  Benefit  amount set forth in  Schedule A for the Plan Year
     ending  immediately  prior to the date in which  Termination  of Employment
     occurs.

          2.3.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  commencing  within 90 days
     after the date of the Executive's  Termination of Employment and continuing
     for 179 additional months.

          2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3.

          2.4  Change of  Control  Benefit.  If the  Executive  is in the active
     service of the  Company  at the time of a Change of  Control,  the  Company
     shall pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.4 in
     lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

          2.4.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is
     the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1.

          2.4.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing with the month following  Normal  Retirement Age and
     continuing for 179 additional months.

          2.4.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3

          2.4.4  Rabbi  Trust.  Within 10 days of a Change of  Control,  a rabbi
     trust shall be established  and shall at all times be funded with assets at
     least  equal to the  present  value of the  unpaid  balance  of the  Normal
     Retirement  Benefit.  A discount rate no greater then the ten year Treasury
     note shall be used in calculating present value.

          2.4.5 Excise tax  Reimbursement.  The Company shall indemnify and hold
     the Executive  harmless from any and all loss, expense or liability that he
     may ever  incur  under  Code ss.  4999,  or a  successor,  as the result of
     benefits he collects pursuant to this Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

     3.1 Death During Active Service.  If the Executive dies while in the active
service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary the
benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of the
Lifetime Benefits of Article 2.

          3.1.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 3.1 is
     the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1.

          3.1.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the beneficiary in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on the first day
     of each month commencing with the month following the Executive's death and
     continuing for 179 additional months.

          3.2 Death  During  Benefit  Period.  If the  Executive  dies after the
     benefit  payments have commenced under this Agreement but before  receiving
     all such  payments,  the Company  shall pay the  remaining  benefits to the
     Executive's beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would
     have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

          3.3 Death  Following  Termination  of Employment  But Before  Benefits
     Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefits  under this  Agreement,
     but dies prior to receiving  said  benefits,  the Company  shall pay to the
     Executive's  beneficiary the same benefits,  in the same manner, they would
     have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived;  however,  said
     benefit payments will commence upon the Executive's death.


                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

     4.1 Beneficiary  Designations.  The Executive shall designate a beneficiary
by filing a written  designation  with the Company.  The Executive may revoke or
modify  the  designation  at any  time by  filing  a new  designation.  However,
designations  will only be effective if signed by the  Executive and accepted by
the  Company  during  the  Executive's  lifetime.  The  Executive's  beneficiary
designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases
the  Executive,  or if the  Executive  names a  spouse  as  beneficiary  and the
marriage  is  subsequently  dissolved.  If the  Executive  dies  without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

     4.2  Facility of Payment.  If a benefit is payable to a minor,  to a person
declared incapacitated,  or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of
his or her  property,  the Company may pay such benefit to the  guardian,  legal
representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated
person or  incapable  person.  The  Company  may  require  proof of  incapacity,
minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of


                                        5

<PAGE>

the benefit.  Such distribution shall completely  discharge the Company from all
liability with respect to such benefit.

                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

          5.1 Excess Parachute or Golden Parachute Payment.  Notwithstanding any
     provision of this Agreement to the contrary,  the Company shall not pay any
     benefit  under  this  Agreement  to  the  extent  the  benefit  would  be a
     prohibited golden parachute  payment pursuant to 12 C.F.R.ss.357.2  and for
     which the appropriate  federal banking agency has not given written consent
     to pay pursuant to 12 C.F.R.ss.359.4.

          5.2  Termination  for Cause.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this
     Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this
     Agreement, if the Company terminates the Executives employment for:

               5.2.1 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

               5.2.2 Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor  involving
          moral turpitude; or

               5.2.3 Fraud,  disloyalty,  dishonesty or willful violation of any
          law or  significant  Company policy  committed in connection  with the
          Executive's  employment  and  resulting  in an  adverse  effect on the
          Company.

               5.2.4 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to
          the  contrary,  the  Company  shall  not pay any  benefit  under  this
          Agreement  if  the   Executive  is  subject  to  a  final  removal  or
          prohibition  order issued by an  appropriate  federal  banking  agency
          pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

          5.3 Competition After Termination of Employment.  No benefits shall be
     payable if the Executive, without the prior written consent of the Company,
     violates the following described restrictive covenants.

               5.3.1  Non-compete  Provision.  The Executive  shall not, for the
          term of this  Agreement and until all benefits have been  distributed,
          directly or  indirectly,  either as an  individual or as a proprietor,
          stockholder,  partner, officer, director,  employee, agent, consultant
          or independent contractor of any individual, partnership,  corporation
          or other entity  (excluding an ownership  interest of one percent (1%)
          or less in the stock of a publicly traded company):

               (i)  become  employed by,  participate in, or be connected in any
                    manner with the ownership,  management, operation or control
                    of any bank,  savings  and loan or

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    other  similar  financial  institution  if  the  Executive's
                    responsibilities  will  include  providing  banking or other
                    financial services; or (ii) participate in any way in hiring
                    or  otherwise  engaging,  or  assisting  any other person or
                    entity in  hiring or  otherwise  engaging,  on a  temporary,
                    part-time  or  permanent   basis,  any  individual  who  was
                    employed  by the  Corporation  or  any  of its  subsidiaries
                    during the three (3) year  period  immediately  prior to the
                    termination of the Executive's employment; or

               (iii)assist, advise, or serve in any capacity,  representative or
                    otherwise,  any  third  party  in  any  action  against  the
                    Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  transaction
                    involving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; or

               (iv) sell,  offer to sell,  provide  banking  or other  financial
                    services,  assist any other  person in selling or  providing
                    banking or other financial services, or solicit or otherwise
                    compete  for,  either  directly or  indirectly,  any orders,
                    contract,  or accounts for services of a kind or nature like
                    or  substantially  similar  to  the  services  performed  or
                    products sold by the Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries
                    (the preceding hereinafter referred to as "Services"), to or
                    from any  person or entity  from whom the  Executive  or the
                    Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries  provided banking or
                    other financial services, sold, offered to sell or solicited
                    orders,  contracts or accounts for Services during the three
                    (3) year period  immediately prior to the termination of the
                    Executive's employment; or

               (v)  divulge,  disclose,  or  communicate to others in any manner
                    whatsoever,  any confidential information of the Corporation
                    or any of its subsidiaries,  including,  but not limited to,
                    the names and addresses of customers of the  Corporation  or
                    any of its subsidiaries,  as they may have existed from time
                    to  time  or of  any  of  the  Corporation's  or  any of its
                    subsidiaries   prospective  customers,   work  performed  or
                    services  rendered  for  any  customer,  any  method  and/or
                    procedures  relating to projects or other work developed for
                    the  Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries,  earnings  or
                    other  information  concerning the Corporation or any of its
                    subsidiaries.    The   restrictions    contained   in   this
                    subparagraph  (v)  apply to all  information  regarding  the
                    Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries,  regardless of the
                    source  who   provided   or   compiled   such   information.
                    Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  all  information
                    referred to herein shall not be  disclosed  unless and until
                    it becomes  known to the general  public from sources  other
                    than the Executive.

               5.3.2 Judicial  Remedies.  In the event of a breach or threatened
          breach by the  Executive of any provision of these  restrictions,  the
          Executive  recognizes the substantial and immediate harm that a breach
          or threatened  breach will impose upon the  Corporation  or any of its
          subsidiaries,  and  further  recognizes  that in such  event  monetary
          damages may be inadequate to fully protect the  Corporation  or any of
          its subsidiaries.  Accordingly, in the

                                       7
<PAGE>

          event  of a  breach  or  threatened  breach  of  this  Agreement,  the
          Executive  consents to the  Corporation's  or any of its  subsidiaries
          entitlement to such ex parte, preliminary, interlocutory, temporary or
          permanent  injunctive,  or any other equitable relief,  protecting and
          fully  enforcing the  Corporation' or any of its  subsidiaries  rights
          hereunder and preventing  the Executive from further  breaching any of
          his obligations set forth herein.  The Executive  expressly waives any
          requirement, based on any statute, rule of procedure, or other source,
          that  the  Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  post a bond  as a
          condition of obtaining any of the  above-described  remedies.  Nothing
          herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Corporation or any of its
          subsidiaries  from  pursuing  any  other  remedies  available  to  the
          Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  at law or in equity for such
          breach or  threatened  breach,  including the recovery of damages from
          the Executive.  The Executive expressly  acknowledges and agrees that:
          (i) the  restrictions  set forth in Section 5.3.1 are  reasonable,  in
          terms of scope,  duration,  geographic  area, and otherwise,  (ii) the
          protections  afforded the  Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries  in
          Section  5.3.1  are  necessary  to  protect  its  legitimate  business
          interest,  (iii) the  restrictions set forth in Section 5.3.1 will not
          be materially adverse to the Executive's  employment with the Company,
          and (iv) his agreement to observe such  restrictions  forms a material
          part of the consideration for this Agreement.

               5.3.3 Overbreadth of Restrictive Covenant. It is the intention of
          the parties  that if any  restrictive  covenant in this  Agreement  is
          determined  by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to be overly broad,
          then the court should enforce such restrictive covenant to the maximum
          extent permitted under the law as to area, breadth and duration.

               5.3.4 The non-compete  provision  detailed in Section 5.3.1 shall
          not be enforceable following a Change of Control.

          5.4  Suicide  or  Misstatement.  No  benefits  shall be payable if the
     Executive  commits  suicide  within  two  years  after  the  date  of  this
     Agreement,  or if  the  insurance  company  denies  coverage  for  material
     misstatements  of fact made by the  Executive on any  application  for life
     insurance purchased by the Company, or any other reason; provided,  however
     that the Company shall evaluate the reason for the denial,  and upon advice
     of  legal  counsel  and  in  its  sole  discretion,   consider   judicially
     challenging any denial.


                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

          6.1 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall notify any person or entity
     that makes a claim  against  the  Agreement  (the  "Claimant")  in writing,
     within ninety (90) days of Claimant's written application for benefits,  of
     his or her eligibility or noneligibility  for benefits under the Agreement.
     If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or
     full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such
     denial, (2) a specific


                                       8
<PAGE>

     reference to the  provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
     (3) a description of any additional  information or material  necessary for
     the Claimant to perfect his or her claim,  and a  description  of why it is
     needed,  and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's  claims review procedure
     and  other  appropriate  information  as to the  steps  to be  taken if the
     Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed.  If the Company determines that
     there  are  special  circumstances  requiring  additional  time  to  make a
     decision,   the  Company   shall   notify  the   Claimant  of  the  special
     circumstances  and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and
     may extend the time for up to an additional ninety-day period.

          6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not
     to be eligible for benefits,  or if the Claimant believes that he or she is
     entitled to greater or  different  benefits,  the  Claimant  shall have the
     opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition
     for review with the  Company  within  sixty (60) days after  receipt of the
     notice  issued by the  Company.  Said  petition  shall  state the  specific
     reasons  which the Claimant  believes  entitle him or her to benefits or to
     greater or different benefits.  Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
     Company  of the  petition,  the  Company  shall  afford the  Claimant  (and
     counsel,  if any) an  opportunity  to present  his or her  position  to the
     Company orally or in writing,  and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the
     right to review the  pertinent  documents.  The  Company  shall  notify the
     Claimant of its decision in writing  within the sixty-day  period,  stating
     specifically the basis of its decision,  written in a manner  calculated to
     be understood by the Claimant and the specific  provisions of the Agreement
     on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing,  the
     sixty-day period is not sufficient,  the decision may be deferred for up to
     another sixty-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this
     deferral shall be given to the Claimant.


                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

          This  Agreement  may  be  amended  or  terminated  only  by a  written
     agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.


                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

          8.1 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement  shall bind the Executive and the
     Company,  and  their  beneficiaries,   survivors,  executors,   successors,
     administrators and transferees.

          8.2 No Guarantee of  Employment.  This  Agreement is not an employment
     policy or contract.  It does not give the  Executive the right to remain an
     employee of the Company,  nor does it interfere with the Company's right to
     discharge the  Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain
     an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate

                                       9
<PAGE>

     employment at any time.

          8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
     transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

          8.4 Tax  Withholding.  The Company  shall  withhold any taxes that are
     required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

          8.5 Applicable  Law. The Agreement and all rights  hereunder  shall be
     governed by the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  except to the
     extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

          8.6 Unfunded  Arrangement.  The Executive and  beneficiary are general
     unsecured  creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits  under this
     Agreement.  The benefits  represent  the mere promise by the Company to pay
     such  benefits.  The rights to  benefits  are not  subject in any manner to
     anticipation,  alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance,
     attachment,  or garnishment by creditors.  Any insurance on the Executive's
     life  is a  general  asset  of the  Company  to  which  the  Executive  and
     beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

          8.7  Recovery of Estate  Taxes.  If the  Executive's  gross estate for
     federal estate tax purposes  includes any amount determined by reference to
     and on account of this Agreement,  and if the beneficiary is other than the
     Executive's  estate,  then the  Executive's  estate  shall be  entitled  to
     recover from the beneficiary  receiving such benefit under the terms of the
     Agreement,  an amount by which the total estate tax due by the  Executive's
     estate,  exceeds the total  estate tax which would have been payable if the
     value  of such  benefit  had not been  included  in the  Executive's  gross
     estate. If there is more than one person receiving such benefit,  the right
     of recovery shall be against each such person. In the event the beneficiary
     has a liability  hereunder,  the beneficiary may petition the Company for a
     lump sum  payment in an amount not to exceed  the  beneficiary's  liability
     hereunder.

          8.8 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
     between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter  hereof.  No
     rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement  other than
     those specifically set forth herein.

          8.9 Administration.  The Company shall have powers which are necessary
     to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

               8.9.1 Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

               8.9.2  Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the
          Agreement;

               8.9.3  Maintaining  a  record  of  benefit  payments;  and  8.9.4
          Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to
          administer the Agreement.

                                       10





                                  EXHIBIT 10.8
<PAGE>

                                   WAYNE BANK
                          SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

     THIS  AGREEMENT is made  effective  this First day of October  1999, by and
between  WAYNE  BANK,  a state bank  located  in  Honesdale,  Pennsylvania  (the
"Company") and Edward C. Kasper (the "Executive").

                                  INTRODUCTION

     To  encourage  the  Executive  to remain an  employee of the  Company,  the
Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The
Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

                                    AGREEMENT

     The Executive and the Company agree as follows:

                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

     1.1 Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words and
phrases shall have the meanings specified:

              1.1.1  "Change of  Control"  shall  mean any one of the  following
       events:  (i) the acquisition of ownership,  holding or power to vote more
       than 25% of the Company's or the  Corporation's  voting  stock,  (ii) the
       acquisition  of the ability to control the  election of a majority of the
       Company's or the  Corporation's  directors,  (iii) the  acquisition  of a
       controlling  influence  over the management or policies of the Company or
       the  Corporation by any person or by persons acting as a "group"  (within
       the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934), or
       (iv)  during  any  period  of two  consecutive  years,

                                       1
<PAGE>

     individuals  (the  "Continuing  Directors")  who at the  beginning  of such
     period  constitute the Board of Directors of the Company or the Corporation
     (the  "Existing  Board")  cease  for any  reason  to  constitute  at  least
     two-thirds  thereof,   provided  that  any  individual  whose  election  or
     nomination for election as a member of the Existing Board was approved by a
     vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in office
     shall be considered a Continuing  Director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     in the case of (i),  (ii) and (iii)  hereof,  ownership  or  control of the
     Company by the Corporation itself shall not constitute a Change in Control.
     For  purposes  of this  paragraph  only,  the term  "person"  refers  to an
     individual  or  a  corporation,   partnership,  trust,  association,  joint
     venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship,  unincorporated organization
     or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

          1.1.2 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          1.1.3 "Corporation" means Norwood Financial Corp.

          1.1.4  "Disability"  means the Executive  shall be deemed  totally and
     permanently  disabled if he becomes unable to perform a substantial portion
     of his  duties  under  this  agreement  and a  physician  selected  by Bank
     determines  such  inability will continue for a period of six (6) months or
     more and is likely to be permanent and the  Executive  qualifies to receive
     total disability benefits under Bank's disability insurance plan.

          1.1.5 "Early  Termination"  means the Termination of Employment before
     Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination
     for Cause or following a Change of Control.

          1.1.6 "Early  Termination Date" means the month, day and year in which
     Early Termination occurs.

          1.1.7 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Executive's 62nd birthday.

          1.1.8  "Normal   Retirement  Date"  means  the  later  of  the  Normal
     Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

          1.1.9 "Plan Year" means each  twelve-month  period commencing with the
     effective date of this Agreement.

          1.1.10 "Termination for Cause" See Section 5.2.

          1.1.11  "Termination of Employment" means that the Executive ceases to
     be employed by the Company for any reason  whatsoever  other than by reason
     of a leave of absence  which is approved by the  Company.  For  purposes of
     this  Agreement,  if there is a


                                       2

<PAGE>

     dispute  over the  employment  status of the  Executive  or the date of the
     Executive's Termination of Employment,  the Company shall have the sole and
     absolute right to decide the dispute.


                                    Article 2
                                Lifetime Benefits

     2.1 Normal Retirement  Benefit.  Upon Termination of Employment on or after
the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to
the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other
benefit under this Agreement.

          2.1.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual Normal  Retirement  Benefit under
     this Section 2.1 is $61,000 (sixty-one  thousand dollars).  The Company may
     increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1 at the sole and absolute
     discretion of the Company's Board of Directors.  Any increase in the annual
     benefit  shall require the  recalculation  of all the amounts on Schedule A
     attached hereto. The annual benefit amounts on Schedule A are calculated by
     amortizing the annual normal  retirement  benefit using the interest method
     of  accounting,  a 7.50%  discount rate,  monthly  compounding  and monthly
     payments.

          2.1.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing  with the month  following  the  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement Date and continuing for 179 additional months.

          2.1.3 Benefit  Increases.  Commencing on the first  anniversary of the
     first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent  anniversary,  the
     Company's  Board of  Directors,  in its sole  discretion,  may increase the
     benefit.

          2.2 Early Termination  Benefit.  Upon Early  Termination,  the Company
     shall pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.2 in
     lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

          2.2.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is
     the Early  Termination  Annual Benefit set forth in Schedule A for the Plan
     Year ending immediately prior to the Early Termination Date.

          2.2.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing  with the month  following  the  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement  Age and continuing  for 179  additional  months.

          2.2.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Executive terminates  employment due to
     Disability  prior to Normal  Retirement  Age, the Company  shall pay to the
     Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other
     benefit under this Agreement.

          2.3.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is
     the  Disability  Benefit  amount set forth in  Schedule A for the Plan Year
     ending  immediately  prior to the date in which  Termination  of Employment
     occurs.

          2.3.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments  commencing  within 90 days
     after the date of the Executive's  Termination of Employment and continuing
     for 179 additional months.

          2.3.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3.

          2.4  Change of  Control  Benefit.  If the  Executive  is in the active
     service of the  Company  at the time of a Change of  Control,  the  Company
     shall pay to the  Executive  the benefit  described  in this Section 2.4 in
     lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

          2.4.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 2.4 is
     the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1.

          2.4.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the Executive in 12 equal monthly  installments payable on the first day of
     each month  commencing with the month following  Normal  Retirement Age and
     continuing for 179 additional months.

          2.4.3 Benefit Increases. Benefit payments may be increased as provided
     in Section 2.1.3

          2.4.4  Rabbi  Trust.  Within 10 days of a Change of  Control,  a rabbi
     trust shall be established  and shall at all times be funded with assets at
     least  equal to the  present  value of the  unpaid  balance  of the  Normal
     Retirement  Benefit.  A discount rate no greater then the ten year Treasury
     note shall be used in calculating present value.

          2.4.5 Excise tax  Reimbursement.  The Company shall indemnify and hold
     the Executive  harmless from any and all loss, expense or liability that he
     may ever  incur  under  Code ss.  4999,  or a  successor,  as the result of
     benefits he collects pursuant to this Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                    Article 3
                                 Death Benefits

     3.1 Death During Active Service.  If the Executive dies while in the active
service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive's beneficiary the
benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of the
Lifetime Benefits of Article 2.

          3.1.1 Amount of Benefit.  The annual benefit under this Section 3.1 is
     the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1.

          3.1.2 Payment of Benefit.  The Company shall pay the annual benefit to
     the beneficiary in 12 equal monthly  installments  payable on the first day
     of each month commencing with the month following the Executive's death and
     continuing for 179 additional months.

          3.2 Death  During  Benefit  Period.  If the  Executive  dies after the
     benefit  payments have commenced under this Agreement but before  receiving
     all such  payments,  the Company  shall pay the  remaining  benefits to the
     Executive's beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would
     have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

          3.3 Death  Following  Termination  of Employment  But Before  Benefits
     Commence.  If the Executive is entitled to benefits  under this  Agreement,
     but dies prior to receiving  said  benefits,  the Company  shall pay to the
     Executive's  beneficiary the same benefits,  in the same manner, they would
     have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived;  however,  said
     benefit payments will commence upon the Executive's death.


                                    Article 4
                                  Beneficiaries

     4.1 Beneficiary  Designations.  The Executive shall designate a beneficiary
by filing a written  designation  with the Company.  The Executive may revoke or
modify  the  designation  at any  time by  filing  a new  designation.  However,
designations  will only be effective if signed by the  Executive and accepted by
the  Company  during  the  Executive's  lifetime.  The  Executive's  beneficiary
designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases
the  Executive,  or if the  Executive  names a  spouse  as  beneficiary  and the
marriage  is  subsequently  dissolved.  If the  Executive  dies  without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive's estate.

     4.2  Facility of Payment.  If a benefit is payable to a minor,  to a person
declared incapacitated,  or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of
his or her  property,  the Company may pay such benefit to the  guardian,  legal
representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incapacitated
person or  incapable  person.  The  Company  may  require  proof of  incapacity,
minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of


                                        5

<PAGE>

the benefit.  Such distribution shall completely  discharge the Company from all
liability with respect to such benefit.

                                    Article 5
                               General Limitations

          5.1 Excess Parachute or Golden Parachute Payment.  Notwithstanding any
     provision of this Agreement to the contrary,  the Company shall not pay any
     benefit  under  this  Agreement  to  the  extent  the  benefit  would  be a
     prohibited golden parachute  payment pursuant to 12 C.F.R.ss.357.2  and for
     which the appropriate  federal banking agency has not given written consent
     to pay pursuant to 12 C.F.R.ss.359.4.

          5.2  Termination  for Cause.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of this
     Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this
     Agreement, if the Company terminates the Executives employment for:

               5.2.1 Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

               5.2.2 Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor  involving
          moral turpitude; or

               5.2.3 Fraud,  disloyalty,  dishonesty or willful violation of any
          law or  significant  Company policy  committed in connection  with the
          Executive's  employment  and  resulting  in an  adverse  effect on the
          Company.

               5.2.4 Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to
          the  contrary,  the  Company  shall  not pay any  benefit  under  this
          Agreement  if  the   Executive  is  subject  to  a  final  removal  or
          prohibition  order issued by an  appropriate  federal  banking  agency
          pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

          5.3 Competition After Termination of Employment.  No benefits shall be
     payable if the Executive, without the prior written consent of the Company,
     violates the following described restrictive covenants.

               5.3.1  Non-compete  Provision.  The Executive  shall not, for the
          term of this  Agreement and until all benefits have been  distributed,
          directly or  indirectly,  either as an  individual or as a proprietor,
          stockholder,  partner, officer, director,  employee, agent, consultant
          or independent contractor of any individual, partnership,  corporation
          or other entity  (excluding an ownership  interest of one percent (1%)
          or less in the stock of a publicly traded company):

               (i)  become  employed by,  participate in, or be connected in any
                    manner with the ownership,  management, operation or control
                    of any bank,  savings  and loan or

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    other  similar  financial  institution  if  the  Executive's
                    responsibilities  will  include  providing  banking or other
                    financial services; or (ii) participate in any way in hiring
                    or  otherwise  engaging,  or  assisting  any other person or
                    entity in  hiring or  otherwise  engaging,  on a  temporary,
                    part-time  or  permanent   basis,  any  individual  who  was
                    employed  by the  Corporation  or  any  of its  subsidiaries
                    during the three (3) year  period  immediately  prior to the
                    termination of the Executive's employment; or

               (iii)assist, advise, or serve in any capacity,  representative or
                    otherwise,  any  third  party  in  any  action  against  the
                    Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  transaction
                    involving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; or

               (iv) sell,  offer to sell,  provide  banking  or other  financial
                    services,  assist any other  person in selling or  providing
                    banking or other financial services, or solicit or otherwise
                    compete  for,  either  directly or  indirectly,  any orders,
                    contract,  or accounts for services of a kind or nature like
                    or  substantially  similar  to  the  services  performed  or
                    products sold by the Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries
                    (the preceding hereinafter referred to as "Services"), to or
                    from any  person or entity  from whom the  Executive  or the
                    Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries  provided banking or
                    other financial services, sold, offered to sell or solicited
                    orders,  contracts or accounts for Services during the three
                    (3) year period  immediately prior to the termination of the
                    Executive's employment; or

               (v)  divulge,  disclose,  or  communicate to others in any manner
                    whatsoever,  any confidential information of the Corporation
                    or any of its subsidiaries,  including,  but not limited to,
                    the names and addresses of customers of the  Corporation  or
                    any of its subsidiaries,  as they may have existed from time
                    to  time  or of  any  of  the  Corporation's  or  any of its
                    subsidiaries   prospective  customers,   work  performed  or
                    services  rendered  for  any  customer,  any  method  and/or
                    procedures  relating to projects or other work developed for
                    the  Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries,  earnings  or
                    other  information  concerning the Corporation or any of its
                    subsidiaries.    The   restrictions    contained   in   this
                    subparagraph  (v)  apply to all  information  regarding  the
                    Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries,  regardless of the
                    source  who   provided   or   compiled   such   information.
                    Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  all  information
                    referred to herein shall not be  disclosed  unless and until
                    it becomes  known to the general  public from sources  other
                    than the Executive.

               5.3.2 Judicial  Remedies.  In the event of a breach or threatened
          breach by the  Executive of any provision of these  restrictions,  the
          Executive  recognizes the substantial and immediate harm that a breach
          or threatened  breach will impose upon the  Corporation  or any of its
          subsidiaries,  and  further  recognizes  that in such  event  monetary
          damages may be inadequate to fully protect the  Corporation  or any of
          its subsidiaries.  Accordingly, in the

                                       7
<PAGE>

          event  of a  breach  or  threatened  breach  of  this  Agreement,  the
          Executive  consents to the  Corporation's  or any of its  subsidiaries
          entitlement to such ex parte, preliminary, interlocutory, temporary or
          permanent  injunctive,  or any other equitable relief,  protecting and
          fully  enforcing the  Corporation' or any of its  subsidiaries  rights
          hereunder and preventing  the Executive from further  breaching any of
          his obligations set forth herein.  The Executive  expressly waives any
          requirement, based on any statute, rule of procedure, or other source,
          that  the  Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  post a bond  as a
          condition of obtaining any of the  above-described  remedies.  Nothing
          herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Corporation or any of its
          subsidiaries  from  pursuing  any  other  remedies  available  to  the
          Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  at law or in equity for such
          breach or  threatened  breach,  including the recovery of damages from
          the Executive.  The Executive expressly  acknowledges and agrees that:
          (i) the  restrictions  set forth in Section 5.3.1 are  reasonable,  in
          terms of scope,  duration,  geographic  area, and otherwise,  (ii) the
          protections  afforded the  Corporation or any of its  subsidiaries  in
          Section  5.3.1  are  necessary  to  protect  its  legitimate  business
          interest,  (iii) the  restrictions set forth in Section 5.3.1 will not
          be materially adverse to the Executive's  employment with the Company,
          and (iv) his agreement to observe such  restrictions  forms a material
          part of the consideration for this Agreement.

               5.3.3 Overbreadth of Restrictive Covenant. It is the intention of
          the parties  that if any  restrictive  covenant in this  Agreement  is
          determined  by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to be overly broad,
          then the court should enforce such restrictive covenant to the maximum
          extent permitted under the law as to area, breadth and duration.

               5.3.4 The non-compete  provision  detailed in Section 5.3.1 shall
          not be enforceable following a Change of Control.

          5.4  Suicide  or  Misstatement.  No  benefits  shall be payable if the
     Executive  commits  suicide  within  two  years  after  the  date  of  this
     Agreement,  or if  the  insurance  company  denies  coverage  for  material
     misstatements  of fact made by the  Executive on any  application  for life
     insurance purchased by the Company, or any other reason; provided,  however
     that the Company shall evaluate the reason for the denial,  and upon advice
     of  legal  counsel  and  in  its  sole  discretion,   consider   judicially
     challenging any denial.


                                    Article 6
                          Claims and Review Procedures

          6.1 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall notify any person or entity
     that makes a claim  against  the  Agreement  (the  "Claimant")  in writing,
     within ninety (90) days of Claimant's written application for benefits,  of
     his or her eligibility or noneligibility  for benefits under the Agreement.
     If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or
     full benefits, the notice shall set forth (1) the specific reasons for such
     denial, (2) a specific


                                       8
<PAGE>

     reference to the  provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
     (3) a description of any additional  information or material  necessary for
     the Claimant to perfect his or her claim,  and a  description  of why it is
     needed,  and (4) an explanation of the Agreement's  claims review procedure
     and  other  appropriate  information  as to the  steps  to be  taken if the
     Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed.  If the Company determines that
     there  are  special  circumstances  requiring  additional  time  to  make a
     decision,   the  Company   shall   notify  the   Claimant  of  the  special
     circumstances  and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and
     may extend the time for up to an additional ninety-day period.

          6.2 Review Procedure. If the Claimant is determined by the Company not
     to be eligible for benefits,  or if the Claimant believes that he or she is
     entitled to greater or  different  benefits,  the  Claimant  shall have the
     opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition
     for review with the  Company  within  sixty (60) days after  receipt of the
     notice  issued by the  Company.  Said  petition  shall  state the  specific
     reasons  which the Claimant  believes  entitle him or her to benefits or to
     greater or different benefits.  Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
     Company  of the  petition,  the  Company  shall  afford the  Claimant  (and
     counsel,  if any) an  opportunity  to present  his or her  position  to the
     Company orally or in writing,  and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the
     right to review the  pertinent  documents.  The  Company  shall  notify the
     Claimant of its decision in writing  within the sixty-day  period,  stating
     specifically the basis of its decision,  written in a manner  calculated to
     be understood by the Claimant and the specific  provisions of the Agreement
     on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing,  the
     sixty-day period is not sufficient,  the decision may be deferred for up to
     another sixty-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this
     deferral shall be given to the Claimant.


                                    Article 7
                           Amendments and Termination

          This  Agreement  may  be  amended  or  terminated  only  by a  written
     agreement signed by the Company and the Executive.


                                    Article 8
                                  Miscellaneous

          8.1 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement  shall bind the Executive and the
     Company,  and  their  beneficiaries,   survivors,  executors,   successors,
     administrators and transferees.

          8.2 No Guarantee of  Employment.  This  Agreement is not an employment
     policy or contract.  It does not give the  Executive the right to remain an
     employee of the Company,  nor does it interfere with the Company's right to
     discharge the  Executive.  It also does not require the Executive to remain
     an employee nor interfere with the Executive's right to terminate

                                       9
<PAGE>

     employment at any time.

          8.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
     transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

          8.4 Tax  Withholding.  The Company  shall  withhold any taxes that are
     required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

          8.5 Applicable  Law. The Agreement and all rights  hereunder  shall be
     governed by the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  except to the
     extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

          8.6 Unfunded  Arrangement.  The Executive and  beneficiary are general
     unsecured  creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits  under this
     Agreement.  The benefits  represent  the mere promise by the Company to pay
     such  benefits.  The rights to  benefits  are not  subject in any manner to
     anticipation,  alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance,
     attachment,  or garnishment by creditors.  Any insurance on the Executive's
     life  is a  general  asset  of the  Company  to  which  the  Executive  and
     beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

          8.7  Recovery of Estate  Taxes.  If the  Executive's  gross estate for
     federal estate tax purposes  includes any amount determined by reference to
     and on account of this Agreement,  and if the beneficiary is other than the
     Executive's  estate,  then the  Executive's  estate  shall be  entitled  to
     recover from the beneficiary  receiving such benefit under the terms of the
     Agreement,  an amount by which the total estate tax due by the  Executive's
     estate,  exceeds the total  estate tax which would have been payable if the
     value  of such  benefit  had not been  included  in the  Executive's  gross
     estate. If there is more than one person receiving such benefit,  the right
     of recovery shall be against each such person. In the event the beneficiary
     has a liability  hereunder,  the beneficiary may petition the Company for a
     lump sum  payment in an amount not to exceed  the  beneficiary's  liability
     hereunder.

          8.8 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
     between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter  hereof.  No
     rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement  other than
     those specifically set forth herein.

          8.9 Administration.  The Company shall have powers which are necessary
     to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

               8.9.1 Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement;

               8.9.2  Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the
          Agreement;

               8.9.3  Maintaining  a  record  of  benefit  payments;  and  8.9.4
          Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to
          administer the Agreement.

                                       10








                                  EXHIBIT 10.9

<PAGE>

                             NORWOOD FINANCIAL CORP.

                     1999 DIRECTORS STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN


     1.  Purpose of the Plan.  The Plan shall be known as the NORWOOD  FINANCIAL
CORP.  ("Company")  1999 Directors  Stock  Compensation  Plan (the "Plan").  The
purpose of the Plan is to retain and reward qualified personnel for positions of
substantial  responsibility  as members of the Board of Directors of the Company
or any  present or future  parent or  subsidiary  of the  Company to promote the
success of the business.  The Plan is intended to provide for the grant of Stock
Options that are not "Incentive  Stock  Options,"  within the meaning of Section
422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

     2. Definitions. The following words and phrases when used in this Plan with
an initial capital letter, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, shall
have the meaning as set forth below. Wherever appropriate, the masculine pronoun
shall include the feminine pronoun and the singular shall include the plural.

     (a) "Award"  means the grant by the  Committee  or in  accordance  with the
terms of the Plan of a Stock Option.

     (b) "Bank" shall mean Wayne Bank, or any successor corporation thereto.

     (c)  "Board"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  or any
successor or parent corporation thereto.

     (d) "Change in Control" shall mean any one of the following events: (i) the
acquisition  of ownership,  holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Bank's
or the Company's  voting stock,  (ii) the  acquisition of the ability to control
the election of a majority of the Bank's or the Company's  directors,  (iii) the
acquisition  of a controlling  influence  over the management or policies of the
Bank or the Company by any person or by persons acting as a "group"  (within the
meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), or (iv) during
any period of two consecutive  years,  individuals (the "Continuing  Directors")
who at the  beginning  of such period  constitute  the Board of Directors of the
Bank or the Company (the "Existing Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
least  two-thirds  thereof,  provided  that any  individual  whose  election  or
nomination for election as a member of the Existing Board was approved by a vote
of at least  two-thirds  of the  Continuing  Directors  then in office  shall be
considered a Continuing Director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of
(i),  (ii) and (iii)  hereof,  ownership  or control of the Bank by the  Company
itself shall not constitute a Change in Control.  For purposes of this paragraph
only, the term "person"  refers to an individual or a corporation,  partnership,
trust,  association,   joint  venture,  pool,  syndicate,  sole  proprietorship,
unincorporated  organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed
herein.

     (e) "Code" shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

     (f)  "Committee"  shall  mean  the  Board  or the  Stock  Option  Committee
appointed by the Board in accordance  with Section 5(a) of the Plan.



                                       1
<PAGE>

     (g)  "Common  Stock"  shall mean the common  stock of the  Company,  or any
successor or parent corporation thereto.

     (h)  "Company"  shall  mean  the  NORWOOD   FINANCIAL   CORP.,  the  parent
corporation of the Savings Bank, or any successor or Parent thereof.

     (i)  "Director"  shall  mean a member of the Board of the  Company,  or any
successor or parent corporation thereto.

     (j) "Director Emeritus" shall mean a person serving as a director emeritus,
advisory  director,  consulting  director,  or other similar  position as may be
appointed by the Board of Directors of the Savings Bank or the Company from time
to time.

     (k) "Disability"  means any physical or mental impairment which renders the
Participant  incapable of continuing in the employment or service of the Savings
Bank or the Parent in his then current capacity as determined by the Committee.

     (l) "Effective Date" shall mean December 14, 1999.

     (m) "Employee" shall mean any person employed by the Company or any present
or future  Parent or  Subsidiary  of the Company.  "Non-Employee"  shall mean an
individual  not  employed  by the  Company or any  present  or future  Parent or
Subsidiary of the Company.

     (n) "Fair  Market  Value" shall mean the last  reported  sale price of such
Common Stock on such date or within the preceding 20 business  days, or if there
is no reported sale price during such period, then the mean of the last reported
bid and ask price during such period. If no such bid and ask price is available,
then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.

     (o) "Option" or "Stock Option" shall mean an Award granted pursuant to this
Plan  providing  the holder of such  Option  with the right to  purchase  Common
Stock.

     (p) "Optioned Stock" shall mean stock subject to an Option granted pursuant
to the Plan.

     (q)  "Optionee"  shall  mean any  person  who  receives  an Option or Award
pursuant to the Plan.

     (r) "Parent" shall mean any present or future  corporation which would be a
"parent corporation" as defined in Sections 424(e) and (g) of the Code.

     (s)  "Participant"  means any  director  of the  Company  or any  Parent or
Subsidiary of the Company or any other person providing a service to the Company
who is  selected  by the  Committee  to receive an Award,  or who by the express
terms of the Plan is granted an Award.

     (t) "Plan" shall mean the Norwood  Financial  Corp.  1999  Directors  Stock
Compensation Plan.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     (u) "Share" shall mean one share of the Common Stock.

     (v)  "Subsidiary"  shall  mean any  present  or  future  corporation  which
constitutes a "subsidiary  corporation" as defined in Sections 424(f) and (g) of
the Code.

     3.  Shares  Subject  to the  Plan.  Except  as  otherwise  required  by the
provisions of Section 11 hereof,  the aggregate number of Shares with respect to
which Awards may be made  pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed  17,600  Shares.
Such  Shares  may  either  be from  authorized  but  unissued  shares  or shares
purchased  in the market for Plan  purposes.  If an Award shall  expire,  become
unexercisable,  or be forfeited for any reason prior to its exercise, new Awards
may be granted  under the Plan with  respect to the number of Shares as to which
such expiration has occurred.

     4. Six Month Holding Period. Except in the event of the death or disability
of the Optionee or a Change in Control of the  Company,  a minimum of six months
must elapse  between the date of the grant of an Option and the date of the sale
of the Common Stock received through the exercise of such Option.

     5. Administration of the Plan.
        --------------------------

     (a)  Composition of the Committee.  The Plan shall be  administered  by the
Board of Directors of the Company or a Committee which shall consist of not less
than two  Directors  of the  Company  appointed  by the Board and serving at the
pleasure of the Board. All persons  designated as members of the Committee shall
meet the  requirements of a "Non-Employee  Director"  within the meaning of Rule
16b-3 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as found at 17 CFR
ss.240.16b-3. (b) Powers of the Committee. The Committee is authorized (but only
to the  extent  not  contrary  to the  express  provisions  of  the  Plan  or to
resolutions adopted by the Board) to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and
rescind  rules and  regulations  relating to the Plan, to determine the form and
content of Awards to be issued  under the Plan and to make other  determinations
necessary or advisable for the  administration  of the Plan,  and shall have and
may  exercise  such other power and  authority  as may be delegated to it by the
Board from time to time. A majority of the entire  Committee shall  constitute a
quorum and the action of a majority  of the  members  present at any  meeting at
which a quorum is present  shall be deemed the  action of the  Committee.  In no
event may the Committee  revoke  outstanding  Awards  without the consent of the
Participant.

     The President of the Company and such other officers as shall be designated
by the Committee are hereby authorized to execute written agreements  evidencing
Awards  on  behalf  of the  Company  and to cause  them to be  delivered  to the
Participants.  Such agreements  shall set forth the Option  exercise price,  the
number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option,  the expiration date of
such Options, and such other terms and restrictions  applicable to such Award as
are determined in accordance with the Plan or the actions of the Committee.

     (c) Effect of  Committee's  Decision.  All  decisions,  determinations  and
interpretations  of the Committee  shall be final and  conclusive on all persons
affected thereby.

                                       3
<PAGE>


          6.      Eligibility for Awards and Limitations.
                  --------------------------------------

     (a) The Committee  shall from time to time determine the  Participants  who
shall be granted Awards under the Plan and the number of Awards to be granted to
each such persons.  In selecting  Participants  and in determining the number of
Shares of Common Stock to be granted to each such Participant, the Committee may
consider the nature of the prior and  anticipated  future  services  rendered by
each  such   Participant,   each  such   Participant's   current  and  potential
contribution  to the Company and such other factors as the Committee may, in its
sole discretion, deem relevant. Participants who have been granted an Award may,
if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

     (b) In no event shall Shares subject to Options  granted to any Participant
exceed more than 15% of the total number of Shares authorized for delivery under
the Plan.

     7. Term of the Plan.  The Plan shall  continue  in effect for a term of ten
(10) years and 1 day from the Effective  Date,  unless the Plan is terminated by
the Board in accordance with the Plan.

     8. Terms and Conditions of Stock  Options.  Stock Options may be granted or
awarded only to  Participants.  Each Stock Option  granted  pursuant to the Plan
shall be evidenced by an  instrument  in such form as the  Committee  shall from
time to time  approve.  Each Stock  Option  granted  pursuant  to the Plan shall
comply with, and be subject to, the following terms and conditions:

     (a) Option Price. The price per Share at which each Stock Option granted by
the Committee  under the Plan may be exercised  shall not, as to any  particular
Stock Option, be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date
that such Stock Option is granted.

     (b) Payment. Full payment for each Share of Common Stock purchased upon the
exercise of any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be made at the time of
exercise of each such Stock  Option and shall be paid in cash (in United  States
Dollars),  Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock.  Common Stock
utilized in full or partial payment of the exercise price shall be valued at the
Fair Market  Value at the date of  exercise.  The Company  shall  accept full or
partial payment in Common Stock only to the extent  permitted by applicable law.
No Shares of Common Stock shall be issued  until full payment has been  received
by the Company, and no Optionee shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of
the Company until Shares of Common Stock are issued to the Optionee.

     (c) Term of Stock Option.  The term of  exercisability of each Stock Option
granted pursuant to the Plan shall be not more than ten (10) years from the date
each such Stock Option is granted.

     (d) Cashless Exercise.  Subject to vesting requirements,  if applicable, an
Optionee  who has held an Stock Option for at least six months may engage in the
"cashless exercise" of the Option.  Upon a cashless exercise,  an Optionee shall
give the Company  written notice of the exercise of the Option  together with an
order to a registered  broker-dealer  or equivalent third party, to sell part or
all of the Optioned  Stock and to deliver  enough of the proceeds to the Company
to pay the Option  exercise price and any applicable  withholding  taxes. If the
Optionee does not sell the Optioned Stock through a registered  broker-dealer or
equivalent  third party, the Optionee can give the Company written notice of the
exercise of the Option and the third party purchaser of the Optioned Stock shall
pay the Option  exercise  price  plus any  applicable  withholding  taxes to the
Company.


                                       4
<PAGE>

     (e) Transferability.  An Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be
exercised  during an  Optionee's  lifetime  only by the  Optionee to whom it was
granted and shall not be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution.

     9. Awards to Directors. As of the close of business on the day of the first
regularly  scheduled  Board  meeting in December of each year,  Stock Options to
purchase shares of Common Stock shall be granted to each  Non-employee  Director
of the Company or the Bank then serving as of such date and annually  thereafter
("Date of Grant").  Such Options  shall be  exercisable  at a price equal to the
Fair Market Value of the Common  Stock as of the date of grant of such  Options.
Such Options will be first  exercisable  as of the one year  anniversary of such
Date of Grant.  Except as  limited by Section  10  hereof,  such  Options  shall
continue to be  exercisable  for a period of ten years and one day following the
date  of  grant.  Unless  otherwise  inapplicable,   or  inconsistent  with  the
provisions of this paragraph,  the Options to be granted to Directors  hereunder
shall be subject to all other  provisions of this Plan. The number of options to
be awarded to each Director shall be determined by the Committee.


     10.  Effect of  Termination  of Service,  Disability  or Death on Incentive
Stock Options.


     (a) Termination of Service. In the event that any Optionee's  employment or
other  service  provided  to the  Company  or the Bank shall  terminate  for any
reason,  other than  Permanent and Total  Disability (as such term is defined in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) or death, all of any such Optionee's Options,  and
all of any such Optionee's  rights to purchase or receive Shares of Common Stock
pursuant  thereto,  shall  automatically  terminate  on the  earlier  of (i) the
respective  expiration  dates of any such Option or (ii) the  expiration  of not
more than three (3) months  after the date of such  termination  as  director or
such service,  but only if, and to the extent that, the Optionee was entitled to
exercise  any such  option  at the  date of such  termination.  In the  event of
removal in accordance with the Company's or the Bank's Articles of Incorporation
or Bylaws, as the case may be, the Option shall  automatically  terminate on the
date of such termination.

     (b)  Disability.  In the event that any  Optionee's  directorship  or other
service  with the  Company  or the Bank  shall  terminate  as the  result of the
Permanent and Total Disability of such Optionee,  such Optionee may exercise any
Options  granted to him pursuant to the Plan at any time prior to the earlier of
(i) the respective  expiration  dates of any such Options or (ii) the date which
is six (6) months  after the date of such  termination,  but only if, and to the
extent that,  the Optionee was entitled to exercise any such Options at the date
of such termination.

     (c) Death. In the event of the death of an Optionee, any Options granted to
such  Optionee may be exercised by the person or persons to whom the  Optionee's
rights  under  any  such  Options  pass by will or by the  laws of  descent  and
distribution   (including   the   Optionee's   estate   during   the  period  of
administration)  at  any  time  prior  to the  earlier  of  (i)  the  respective
expiration  dates of any such  Options  or (ii) the date which is six (6) months
after the date of death of such  Optionee  but only if, and to the extent  that,
the Optionee was entitled to exercise any such Options at the date of death. For
purposes  of this  Section  10(c),  any  Option  held by an  Optionee  shall  be
considered  exercisable  at the  date  of his  death  if  the  only  unsatisfied
condition precedent to the exercisability of such Option at the date of death is
the passage of a specified  period of time. At the  discretion of the Committee,
upon  exercise of such  Options in the event of death,  such persons may receive
Shares or cash or combination  thereof. If cash shall be paid in lieu of Shares,
such cash shall be equal to the difference between the fair market value of such
Shares  and the  exercise  price  of such  Options  on the  exercise  date.


                                       5
<PAGE>

     11.  Withholding  Tax. The Company  shall have the right to deduct from all
amounts paid in cash with respect to the cashless  exercise of Options under the
Plan  any  taxes  required  by law to be  withheld  with  respect  to such  cash
payments.  Where a  Participant  or other  person is entitled to receive  Shares
pursuant  to the  exercise  of an Option,  the  Company  shall have the right to
require the  Participant  or such other  person to pay the Company the amount of
any taxes which the Company is required to withhold with respect to such Shares,
or, in lieu  thereof,  to retain,  or to sell without  notice,  a number of such
Shares sufficient to cover the amount required to be withheld.

     12. Recapitalization,  Merger,  Consolidation,  Change in Control and Other
Transactions.

     (a) Adjustment.  Subject to any required action by the  stockholders of the
Company,  within the sole discretion of the Committee,  the aggregate  number of
Shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted hereunder, the number of
Shares of Common  Stock  covered by each  outstanding  Option,  and the exercise
price  per  Share  of  Common   Stock  of  each  such   Option,   shall  all  be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the number of issued
and  outstanding  Shares  of  Common  Stock  resulting  from  a  subdivision  or
consolidation   of  Shares   (whether   by  reason  of  merger,   consolidation,
recapitalization,   reclassification,   split-up,   combination  of  shares,  or
otherwise) or the payment of a stock  dividend (but only on the Common Stock) or
any other  increase or  decrease  in the number of such  Shares of Common  Stock
effected  without the receipt or payment of  consideration by the Company (other
than Shares held by dissenting stockholders).

     (b) Change in Control.  All  outstanding  Awards shall  become  immediately
exercisable in the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as determined by
the Committee.  In the event of such a Change in Control,  the Committee and the
Board  of  Directors  will  take  one or more  of the  following  actions  to be
effective as of the date of such Change in Control:

     (i) provide that such Options shall be assumed, or equivalent options shall
be   substituted,   ("Substitute   Options")  by  the  acquiring  or  succeeding
corporation  (or an  affiliate  thereof),  provided  that:  the  shares of stock
issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  such  Substitute   Options  shall  constitute
securities registered in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
("1933  Act") or such  securities  shall be  exempt  from such  registration  in
accordance  with  Sections  3(a)(2) or  3(a)(5) of the 1933 Act,  (collectively,
"Registered Securities"), or in the alternative, if the securities issuable upon
the  exercise  of  such  Substitute  Options  shall  not  constitute  Registered
Securities,  then the Optionee will receive upon  consummation  of the Change in
Control  transaction  a cash  payment for each Option  surrendered  equal to the
difference between (1) the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be received
for each share of Common  Stock in the Change in Control  transaction  times the
number of shares of Common Stock subject to such  surrendered  Options,  and (2)
the aggregate exercise price of all such surrendered Options, or

     (ii) in the event of a transaction  under the terms of which the holders of
the Common Stock of the Company will  receive upon  consummation  thereof a cash
payment  (the "Merger  Price") for each share of Common  Stock  exchanged in the
Change in Control  transaction,  to make or to provide for a cash payment to the
Optionees equal to the difference  between (A) the Merger Price times the number
of shares of Common Stock  subject to such Options held by each Optionee (to the
extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Merger Price) and (B) the
aggregate  exercise price of all such  surrendered  Options in exchange for such
surrendered Options.


                                       6
<PAGE>

     (c) Extraordinary  Corporate Action.  Notwithstanding any provisions of the
Plan to the contrary,  subject to any required action by the stockholders of the
Company,  in the  event of any  Change  in  Control,  recapitalization,  merger,
consolidation,  exchange  of Shares,  spin-off,  reorganization,  tender  offer,
partial or  complete  liquidation  or other  extraordinary  corporate  action or
event,  the Committee,  in its sole discretion,  shall have the power,  prior or
subsequent to such action or event to:

     (i)  appropriately  adjust the number of Shares of Common Stock  subject to
each  Option,  the  Option  exercise  price per Share of Common  Stock,  and the
consideration  to be given or received by the Company  upon the  exercise of any
outstanding Option;

     (ii)  cancel  any  or  all  previously   granted  Options,   provided  that
appropriate  consideration  is paid to the  Optionee  in  connection  therewith;
and/or

     (iii)  make  such  other  adjustments  in  connection  with the Plan as the
Committee, in its sole discretion,  deems necessary,  desirable,  appropriate or
advisable.

     (d)  Acceleration.  The  Committee  shall at all  times  have the  power to
accelerate the exercise date of Options previously granted under the Plan.

     (e) Non-recurring Dividends. Upon the payment of a special or non-recurring
cash  dividend  that has the effect of a return of capital to the  stockholders,
the Option exercise price per share shall be adjusted  proportionately and in an
equitable manner.

     Except as expressly  provided in Sections 12(a), 12(b) and 12(e) hereof, no
Optionee  shall have any rights by reason of the occurrence of any of the events
described in this Section 12.

     13. Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan
shall,  for all purposes,  be the date specified in accordance  with the Plan or
the date on which the Committee makes the determination of granting such Option.
Notice of the grant of an Option  shall be given to each  individual  to whom an
Option is so granted within a reasonable  time after the date of such grant in a
form determined by the Committee.

     14.  Modification of Options.  At any time and from time to time, the Board
may authorize  the Committee to direct the execution of an instrument  providing
for the modification of any outstanding  Option,  provided no such modification,
extension  or renewal  shall  confer on the  holder of said  Option any right or
benefit  which  could not be  conferred  on the  Optionee  by the grant of a new
Option at such time, or shall not materially  decrease the  Optionee's  benefits
under the Option  without  the  consent of the holder of the  Option,  except as
otherwise permitted under Section 15 hereof.

     15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

     (a) Action by the Board.  The Board may alter,  suspend or discontinue  the
Plan.

     (b) Change in Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any other provision contained
in the Plan,  in the  event of a change in any  federal  or state  law,  rule or
regulation  which  would  make  the  exercise  of all or part of any  previously
granted Option unlawful or subject the Company to any penalty,


                                       7
<PAGE>

the Committee may restrict any such exercise without the consent of the Optionee
or other holder thereof in order to comply with any such law, rule or regulation
or to avoid any such penalty.

     16.  Conditions  Upon Issuance of Shares;  Limitations on Option  Exercise;
Cancellation of Option Rights.

     (a) Shares shall not be issued with respect to any Option granted under the
Plan unless the  issuance  and  delivery of such  Shares  shall  comply with all
relevant  provisions of  applicable  law,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  the  rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder,  any applicable  state  securities laws and the  requirements of any
stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.

     (b) The  inability of the Company to obtain any  necessary  authorizations,
approvals  or letters of  non-objection  from any  regulatory  body or authority
deemed by the Company's  counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale
of any Shares issuable hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability with
respect to the non-issuance or sale of such Shares.

     (c) As a condition  to the  exercise of an Option,  the Company may require
the person exercising the Option to make such  representations and warranties as
may  be  necessary  to  assure  the   availability  of  an  exemption  from  the
registration requirements of federal or state securities law.

     (d) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  upon the termination
of employment or service of an Optionee by the Company or its  Subsidiaries  for
"cause"  within the sole  discretion  of the  Board,  all  Options  held by such
Participant  shall cease to be exercisable as of the date of such termination of
employment or service.

     (e) Upon the  exercise  of an  Option  by an  Optionee  (or the  Optionee's
personal  representative),  the Committee,  in its sole and absolute discretion,
may make a cash  payment to the  Optionee,  in whole or in part,  in lieu of the
delivery  of shares of Common  Stock.  Such cash  payment  to be paid in lieu of
delivery  of Common  Stock  shall be equal to the  difference  between  the Fair
Market  Value of the  Common  Stock on the date of the Option  exercise  and the
exercise  price per share of the Option.  Such cash payment shall be in exchange
for the cancellation of such Option.  Such cash payment shall not be made in the
event that such  transaction  would  result in  liability to the Optionee or the
Company under Section 16(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     17.  Reservation  of Shares.  During the term of the Plan, the Company will
reserve  and keep  available  a number  of  Shares  sufficient  to  satisfy  the
requirements of the Plan.

     18.  Unsecured  Obligation.  No  Participant  under the Plan shall have any
interest  in any fund or special  asset of the  Company by reason of the Plan or
the grant of any  Option  under the Plan.  No trust  fund  shall be  created  in
connection with the Plan or any grant of any Option hereunder and there shall be
no required funding of amounts which may become payable to any Participant.


                                       8
<PAGE>

     19. No Employment Rights. No Director,  Employee or other person shall have
a right to be selected as a Participant under the Plan. Neither the Plan nor any
action taken by the Committee in  administration  of the Plan shall be construed
as giving any  person any rights of  employment  or  retention  as an  Employee,
Director or in any other  capacity  with the Company,  the Savings Bank or other
Subsidiaries.

     20.  Governing  Law.  The  Plan  shall  be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  except to the
extent that federal law shall be deemed to apply.





                                   EXHIBIT 13
<PAGE>


(Five Year Financial Summary)---------------------------------------------------

Summary of Selected Financial Data
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   For the years ended December 31,
                                          -------------------------------------------------
                                             1999     1998      1997      1996       1995
                                             ----     ----      ----      ----       ----
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Summary of Operations
- ---------------------

Net interest income                        $12,134   $11,741   $11,064   $10,142    $8,927

NET INCOME                                  $3,508    $3,236    $2,706    $1,872    $1,802

Net income per share-Basic                   $2.09     $1.93     $1.63     $1.10     $1.01
                     Diluted                 $2.08     $1.91     $1.63     $1.10     $1.01
Cash dividends declared                       0.59      0.50      0.44      0.42      0.39

Return on average assets                      1.19%     1.21%     1.04%     0.78%     0.88%
Return on average equity                     12.81%    12.38%    11.92%     8.45%     8.17%

Balances at Year-End
- --------------------

Total assets                              $314,827  $279,017  $263,149  $260,572  $217,262
Loans receivable                           205,160   186,919   185,640   174,621   152,094
Total deposits                             243,507   233,767   226,754   229,462   187,299
Shareholders' equity                        26,654    27,728    24,594    21,519    22,782

Allowance for loan losses to total loans      1.63%     1.78%     1.75%     1.50%     1.40%
Non-performing assets to total assets         0.24%     0.30%     1.03%     2.22%     2.68%

Tier 1 Capital to risk-adjusted assets       11.98%    12.30%    11.27%    10.26%    13.93%
Total Capital to risk-adjusted assets        13.50%    14.00%    12.53%    11.51%    15.18%
</TABLE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

- --------------------------------------------------(Norwood Financial Corp)-----3
<PAGE>
[BOX GRAPHIC OMITTED] 1999 Annual Report

- ---------------------(Management's Discussion and Analysis)

Introduction

         This  management's  discussion and analysis and related  financial data
are  presented to assist in the  understanding  and  evaluation of the financial
condition and results of operations for Norwood  Financial  Corp.  (The Company)
and its subsidiary  Wayne Bank (the Bank) for the years ended December 31, 1999,
1998 and 1997. This section should be used in conjunction  with the consolidated
financial statements and related footnotes.

Forward Looking Statements

         The Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995  contains  safe
harbor  provisions  regarding  forward-  looking  statements.  When used in this
discussion,  the words "believes," anticipates,"  "contemplates," "expects," and
similar expressions are intended to identify  forward-looking  statements.  Such
statements  are  subject to certain  risks and  uncertainties  which could cause
actual  results to differ  materially  from  those  projected.  Those  risks and
uncertainties  include  changes in interest  rates,  risks  associated  with the
effect of opening a new branch,  the ability to control costs and expenses,  and
general economic  conditions.  The Company  undertakes no obligation to publicly
release the results of any revisions to those  forward-looking  statements which
may be made to  reflect  events or  circumstances  after  the date  hereof or to
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Results of Operation - Summary

         Net income for the Company for the year 1999 was $3,508,000 compared to
$3,236,000  for the year 1998.  This  represents an increase of $272,000 or 8.4%
over prior year.  Basic and diluted  earnings  per share for 1999 were $2.09 and
$2.08 respectively  increasing from $1.93 and $1.91 respectively in 1998. Return
on average equity showed similar  improvement at 12.81% in 1999  increasing from
12.38% in 1998.  The return on average  assets  for the  current  year was 1.19%
compared to 1.21% in 1998.

         The increase in earnings was principally  attributable to higher levels
of fee income,  growth in net interest income and reduction in the provision for
loan  losses.  Net interest  income on a fully  taxable  equivalent  basis (fte)
totaled  $12,475,000  for 1999,  an increase of $454,000 or 3.8% from 1998.  The
improvement  in net interest  income was due to $25.9 million  growth in average
earning assets during 1999, and a lower cost of funds which  partially  offset a
decline in asset  yields.  The Company made  continued  progress in reducing its
level of  non-performing  assets during 1999, which totaled $767,000 at December
31,  1999,  or .24% of total

                               [GRAPHICS OMITTED]
                   Graph discloses [Diluted]Earnings per Share

                                    95 $1.01
                                    96 $1.10
                                    97 $1.63
                                    98 $1.91
                                    99 $2.08
10
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics


assets, compared to $826,000 and .30% at year-end 1998. As a result, the Company
reduced its  provision  for loan losses to $470,000 in 1999 compared to $720,000
in 1998.

         Other income  excluding  securities  gains for 1999 was  $1,875,000  an
increase of $248,000 or 15.2% over 1998. Other income represented 13.1% of total
revenues in 1999,  improving  from 11.9% in 1998.  Gains on sales of  securities
were $59,000 in 1999 compared to $48,000 in 1998.

         During  1999 other  expenses  increased  $509,000  or 6.3% over 1998 to
$8,576,000.  The increase  was  principally  due to increase in data  processing
costs  related  to new  information  systems,  increase  in  losses  related  to
disposing of automobiles from the leasing  portfolio;  $409,000 in 1999 compared
to $157,000 in 1998, and the cost of opening a branch;  $230,000.  Expenses were
favorably impacted by lower level of other real estate costs and less legal fees
related to non-performing assets.

         Net income for the Company for the year 1998 was $3,236,000 compared to
$2,706,000 for the year 1997.  This  represents an increase of $530,000 or 19.6%
over prior year.  Basic and diluted  earnings  per share for 1998 were $1.93 and
$1.91  respectively  increasing from $1.63 in 1997. Return on average assets and
return  on  average  equity  showed  similar  improvement  at 1.21%  and  12.38%
respectively in 1998 compared to 1.04% and 11.92% respectively in 1997.

         The increase in earnings was principally  attributable to growth in net
interest income, reduction in the provision for loan losses and higher levels of
fee income. Net interest income (fte) totaled  $12,021,000 for 1998, an increase
of $602,000 or 5.3% from 1997. The improvement in net interest income was due to
$10.0 million growth in average earning assets during 1998,  increase in earning
asset ratio, and lower cost of funds which offset a decline in asset yields. The
Company made continued  progress in reducing its level of  non-performing  loans
during 1998,  which  totaled  $622,000 at December  31,  1998,  or .33% of total
loans,  compared to  $2,175,000  and 1.17% at year-end  1997.  As a result,  the
Company  reduced its  provision  for loan losses to $720,000 in 1998 compared to
$1,355,000 in 1997.

         Other income  excluding  securities  gains for 1998 was  $1,627,000  an
increase of $369,000 or 29.2% over 1997.  During  1997,  the Company  recorded a
non-recurring  gain on the  termination  of pension  plan of $597,000  which was
$343,000  after  related  taxes  with no such  gains in 1998.  Gains on sales of
securities were $48,000 in 1998 compared to $70,000 in 1997.

         During 1998, other expenses increased 2.6% over 1997 to $8,066,000. The
increase was  principally  due to additional  costs  related to data  processing
system conversion. Expenses were favorably impacted by lower level of other real
estate costs and legal fees related to non-performing assets.

                               [GRAPHICS OMITTED]
                   Graph discloses Net Income ($ In Thousands)

                                    95 $1,802
                                    96 $1,872
                                    97 $2,706
                                    98 $3,236
                                    99 $3,508

- ------------------------------------------------(Norwood Financial Corp)------11
<PAGE>
[BOX GRAPHIC OMITTED] 99 Annual Report

Financial Condition

Total Assets

         Total  assets at  December  31, 1999 were  $314.8  million  compared to
$279.0  million at year-end  1998,  an increase of $35.8  million or 12.8%.  The
Company  funded an $18.3 million  growth in loans and $16.6 million  increase in
investments  available for sale with  borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank
of Pittsburgh (FHLB) of $28.0 million and growth in deposits of $9.7 million.

Loans Receivable

         Loans receivable, which include automobile leases represent the largest
percentage of the  Company's  earning  assets.  At December 31, 1999 total loans
receivable  were $205.2 million  compared to $186.9 million in 1998, an increase
of $18.3  million or 9.8%.  Loan growth in retail  lending which was centered in
home equity financings,  and indirect automobile lending was partially offset by
lower levels of automobile leases.  Residential  mortgages totaled $38.8 million
at year-end increasing from $36.1 million at December 31, 1998. This increase is
net of pre-payments and refinancings principally in the adjustable rate mortgage
portfolio.  Fixed rate mortgage  products were more  favorable  during the first
half of 1999  due to  lower  interest  rate  environment  with  the  fixed  rate
portfolio  increasing  $4.8 million to $14.1 million at December 31, 1999.  With
the increase in long-term  interest rates during the third and fourth quarter of
1999, which impacts residential mortgage rates, the Company had a lower level of
mortgage   originations   during  the  period.  In  the  current  interest  rate
environment,  the  Company  may  experience  a  continued  slow down in mortgage
lending in early 2000.  There can be no  assurances  however to the direction of
interest rates or the local real estate  market.  The Company sells a portion of
its longer term fixed rate  residential  loan  production for interest rate risk
management,  with $1.7 million sold in the secondary market during the year. The
Company  services $15.5 million of mortgage  loans that it has  previously  sold
into secondary market.

         The Company's  indirect  portfolio which consists of loans made through
dealers  increased  $10.8 million to total $45.1  million at year-end,  with the
growth  principally in used  automobiles.  The weighted  average maturity of the
portfolio is 47 months with an average life of 23 months.

         The  Company  began  slowing  down  its  volume  of  automobile   lease
originations  in late 1997 and stopped  originations  entirely  during the third
quarter of 1999. This was done to monitor experience in early terminations,  the
amount of off-lease vehicles returned and the market values of vehicles returned
compared to residual values. As a result,  total leases declined $9.9 million in
1999 to $24.0 million at December 31, 1999.

                               [GRAPHICS OMITTED]
                       Graph discloses Total Assets ($ In Millions)

                                    95 $217
                                    96 $261
                                    97 $263
                                    98 $279
                                    99 $315

                               [GRAPHICS OMITTED]
                       Graph discloses Total Loans ($ In Millions)

                                    95 $152
                                    96 $175
                                    97 $186
                                    98 $187
                                    99 $205


12
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

Residual  losses totaled  $381,000 for 1999. The Company's  reserve for residual
losses  totaled  $311,000 at  December  31,  1999 with  residual  value of $17.8
million  compared to $307,000  and $24.1  million at prior year end. The Company
liquidates its returned  off-lease vehicles through various used car dealers and
automobile auction centers. At December 31, 1999 the Company had an inventory of
automobiles to liquidate of $974,000.

         Commercial loans consist  principally of loans made to small businesses
within the Company's  market which are usually  secured by real estate and other
assets of the borrower.

         Commercial  and  commercial  real estate loans totaled $67.2 million at
year-end 1999 compared to $56.3 million in 1998, an increase of $10.9 million or
17.6%.  The  Company  opened a new office in Monroe  County in June 1999,  which
accounted for $5.3 million of the increase in commercial loans.

         For the year 1999,  total loans  averaged  $196.0  million  with an fte
yield of 8.32% compared to $186.9 million and 8.73% during 1998.  Total interest
income on loans (fte) was $16,303,000 compared to $16,316,000 in 1998.

Non-Performing Assets and Allowance for Loan Losses

         Non-performing  assets consist of non-performing  loans and real estate
acquired  through  foreclosure  which is held for  sale.  Loans  are  placed  on
non-accrual  status  when  management  believes  that  a  borrower's   financial
condition is such that  collection of interest is doubtful.  Commercial and real
estate  related loans are generally  placed on  non-accrual  when interest is 90
days delinquent.  When loans are placed on non-accrual,  accrued interest income
is reversed from current earnings.

         At  December  31,  1999,  non-performing  loans  totaled  $657,000  and
represented  .32% of total loans  receivable  compared  to $622,000  and .33% at
year-end  1998.  Total  non-performing  assets which  includes other real estate
totaled $767,000 and represented  .24% of total assets  decreasing from $826,000
and .30% at December 31, 1998. At year-end 1999, non-performing assets consisted
principally  of  residential  real  estate  loans,  with the  largest  such loan
totaling $299,000.

         The allowance for loan losses  totaled  $3,344,000 at year-end 1999 and
represented  1.63% of total loans receivable  compared to $3,333,000 or 1.78% at
year-end 1998. Net charge-offs for 1999 were $459,000, consisting principally of
losses in the consumer loan and lease  portfolios,  decreasing  from $637,000 in
1998. With the continued low level of non-performing loans and less charge-offs,
the Company  reduced its  provision for loan losses to $470,000 from $720,000 in
1998.  The coverage ratio of allowance for loan losses to  non-performing  loans
was 508.9% at December 31, 1999.


                               [GRAPHICS OMITTED]
              Graph discloses Nonperforming Assets to Total Assets

                                    95 2.68%
                                    96 2.22%
                                    97 1.03%
                                    98  .30%
                                    99  .24%


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------13
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

         The  Company's  loan  review  process  assesses  the  adequacy  of  the
allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The process includes a review of
the risks inherent in the loan portfolio.  It includes a credit review and gives
consideration  to areas of exposure such as  concentration of credit in specific
industries,   economic  and  industry   conditions,   trends  in  delinquencies,
collections  and collateral  value  coverage.  General  reserve  percentages are
identified by loan type and credit grading and are allocated accordingly. Larger
credit exposures are analyzed  individually.  Management considers the allowance
at December 31,1999 adequate for the loan mix and classifications.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  the
Company's allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       At December 31
                                         -------------------------------------------

                                           1999     1998    1997     1996      1995
                                           ----     ----    ----     ----      ----
<S>                                      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
Allowance balance at beginning of period  $3,333   $3,250  $2,616   $2,125    $1,893

Charge-Offs:
         Commercial and all other            (12)    (294)    (380)   (820)     (448)
         Real Estate                         (17)     (14)    (119)   (226)     (353)
         Installment                        (419)    (366)    (264)   (320)     (123)
         Lease Financing                    (184)    (115)    ( 67)     --        --
                                          ------   ------  -------  ------    ------
Total                                       (632)  $ (789)    (830) (1,366)     (924)
          Recoveries:
         Commercial and all other             74       89       72      71       513
         Real Estate                          --        7        3      16         3
         Installment                          84       50       34      60        21
         Lease Financing                      16        6       --      --        --
                                          ------   ------  -------  ------    ------
Total                                        173      152      109     147       537

Provision expense                            470      720    1,355   1,710       619
                                          ------   ------  -------  ------    ------
Allowance balance at end of period         3,344   $3,333   $3,250  $2,616    $2,125
                                           =====   ======   ======  ======    ======
Allowance for loan losses as a percent
   of total loans outstanding               1.63%   1.78%    1.75%    1.50%     1.40%
Net loans charged off as a percent of
   average loans outstanding                 .23%    .34%    0.39%    0.76%     0.27%
Allowance for loan losses as a
   percent of non-performing loans         508.9%  535.8%   149.5%    74.9%     54.7%
</TABLE>

         The following  table sets forth  information  regarding  non-performing
assets. The Bank had no troubled debt  restructurings as defined in FAS No. 114.
As of December  31, 1999,  there were no loans not  previously  discussed  where
known  information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused management
to have  serious  doubts as to the ability of such  borrowers to comply with the
present loan repayment terms.

14
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                At December 31,
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                1999      1998      1997      1996      1995
                                                ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                                (In Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
         Commercial and all other             $   64    $   65    $  963    $1,633    $1,572
         Real estate                             513       503     1,112     1,790     2,205
         Installment                              19        20        33        28        48
                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total                                         $  596    $  588    $2,108    $3,451    $3,825
Accruing loans which are contractually
    past due 90 days or more:
         Commercial and all other             $   --    $   --    $   44    $   38    $   55
         Real estate                              --        --        --        --        --
         Installment/leases                       61        34        23         4        --
                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total                                         $   61    $   34    $   67    $   42    $   55
                                              ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Total non-performing loans                    $  657    $  622    $2,175    $3,493    $3,880
Other real estate owned                          110       204       537     2,283     1,944
                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total non-performing assets                   $  767    $  826    $2,712    $5,776    $5,824
                                              ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Non-performing loans to total loans              .32%      .33%     1.17%     2.00%     2.55%
Non-performing loans to total assets             .21%      .22%      .83%     1.34%     1.79%
Non-performing assets to total assets            .24%      .30%     1.03%     2.22%     2.68%
</TABLE>

Securities

         The  securities   portfolio  consists   principally  of  United  States
Government agencies issues, including mortgage backed securities,  U.S. Treasury
securities,  municipal  obligations,  and corporate  debt.  In  accordance  with
SFAS#115  "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" the
Company  classifies its investments into two categories:  held to maturity (HTM)
and  available  for sale  (AFS).  The Company  does not have a trading  account.
Securities  classified as HTM are those in which the Company has the ability and
the intent to hold until  contractual  maturity.  At  December  31,  1999,  this
account totaled $7.5 million and consisted of longer term municipal obligations.
Securities  classified as AFS are eligible to be sold due to liquidity  needs or
changes in interest rates. These securities are adjusted to and carried at their
fair value with any  unrealized  gains or losses  recorded as an  adjustment  to
capital  and  reported  in the  equity  section  of the  balance  sheet as other
comprehensive  income. At December 31, 1999, $78.9 million in securities were so
classified and carried at their fair value.

         During the second  quarter of 1999,  the Company  funded $15 million of
security purchases, principally mortgage-backed issues, with borrowings from the
FHLB. The  transaction  generated  $147,000 of net interest income for 1999. Any
changes in interest  rates could  affect the yield and  prepayment  rates on the
investments and cost of the borrowings.

- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------15
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

         Interest  rates  increased  during  1999  with  the  benchmark  30 Year
Treasury Bill  yielding  over 6.40% by year-end  compared to 5.00% late in 1998.
This  increase  in  rates  caused  a slow  down in the  cashflow  received  from
mortgage-backed  securities and therefore  extended the modified duration of the
securities.  At December 31, 1999, the modified  duration was 4.9 years compared
to 3.5  years at the  prior  year-end.  Generally  in a  raising  interest  rate
environment  the  fair  value of the  Company's  available  for  sale  portfolio
decreases.

         At December 31, 1999, the Company's  securities portfolio (HTM and AFS)
totaled $86.3  million with the  percentage of  obligations  of U.S.  Government
agencies 21.0%; mortgage-backed securities, 52.7%; municipal obligations, 14.1%;
U.S.  Treasuries,  4.6% and other of 7.6%.  At December 31, 1999,  the portfolio
contained no  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  (CMOs),  structured  notes,
step-up bonds and no off-balance  sheet  derivatives  were in use. The portfolio
totaled $69.9 million at year-end 1998.

Deposits

         Total  deposits at December  31, 1999 were $243.5  million  compared to
$233.8  million at  year-end  1998,  an increase  of $9.7  million or 4.2%.  The
increase was  principally  in core  transaction  accounts and time deposits over
$100,000. The new branch office in Monroe County contributed $3.7 million of the
increase in deposits. Interest bearing demand deposits increased $2.7 million or
11.4% to  $26.7  million,  reflecting  growth  in new  retail  checking  account
products.  The tiered rate Investor  Account for  high-balance  accounts totaled
$10.5 million compared to $9.3 million at year-end 1998.

         Time  deposits  over  $100,000,  which  consist  principally  of school
district and other public funds with  maturities  generally  less than one year,
were $32.5  million at  December  31,  1999,  increasing  from $27.6  million at
year-end 1998.  These  deposits are subject to  competitive  bid and the Company
bases its bid on current  interest  rates,  loan  demand,  investment  portfolio
structure  and relative  cost of other  funding  sources.  In addition to demand
deposits  of $26.8  million  the  Company  has $7.6  million of cash  management
accounts  which  represent   commercial   customers  excess  funds  invested  in
over-night securities, which the Company considers core-funding.

Market Risk

         Interest rate sensitivity and the repricing  characteristics  of assets
and  liabilities  are managed by the Asset and  Liability  Management  Committee
(ALCO).  The  principal  objective of ALCO is to maximize  net  interest  income
within acceptable levels of risk which are established by policy.  Interest rate
risk is monitored and managed by using financial modeling  techniques to measure
the impact of changes in interest rates.

16
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics


         Net  interest  income,  which is the  primary  source of the  Company's
earnings,  is  impacted  by changes in interest  rates and the  relationship  of
different  interest  rates. To manage the impact of the rate changes the balance
sheet must be structured so that repricing  opportunities  exist for both assets
and liabilities at approximately  the same time intervals.  The Company uses net
interest  simulation  to assist in interest  rate risk  management.  The process
includes  simulating  various interest rate environments and their impact on net
interest income.  At December 31, 1999, the level of net interest income at risk
in a 200 basis points increase or decrease was within the policy limits.

         Imbalance in repricing  opportunities at a given point in time reflects
interest-sensitivity  gaps  measured as the  difference  between  rate-sensitive
assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. These are static gap measurements that do
not take into account any future  activity,  and as such are principally used as
early indications of potential interest rate exposures over specific intervals.

         At  December  31,  1999,  the  Bank  had a  negative  90  day  interest
sensitivity  gap of $14.3 million or 4.5% of total assets.  A negative gap means
that interest-sensitive liabilities are higher than interest-sensitive assets at
the time interval.  This would indicate that in a rising rate  environment,  the
cost of  interest-bearing  liabilities  would increase  faster than the yield on
earning  assets  in the 90  day  time  frame.  This  risk  is  managed  by  ALCO
strategies;  including shortening the investment  portfolio,  pricing of deposit
liabilities  to attract  longer term time  deposits,  loan  pricing to encourage
variable rate products and evaluation of loan sales of longer term mortgages.

         The  Company  analyzes  and  measures  the time  periods  in which rate
sensitive  assets  (RSA) and rate  sensitive  liabilities  (RSL) will  mature or
reprice in accordance with their contractual  terms and assumptions.  Management
believes that the assumptions used are reasonable. The interest rate sensitivity
of assets and liabilities could vary substantially if differing assumptions were
used or if actual experience  differs from the assumptions used in the analysis.
For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities
or  periods  to  repricing,  they may react in  differing  degrees to changes in
market  interest  rates.  The  interest  rates on  certain  types of assets  and
liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates,  while
interest rates on other types may lag behind  changes in market rates.  Further,
in the event of a significant  change in interest  rates,  prepayment  and early
withdrawal  levels  would  likely  deviate  significantly  from  those  assumed.
Finally,  the ability of borrowers  to service  their  adjustable-rate  debt may
decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. The operating results of the
Company are not subject to Foreign Currency exchange or commodity price risk.

- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------17
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

The following  table displays  interest-sensitivity  as of December 31, 1999:
(in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       3 Months     3 Through   1 Through        Over
                                       Or Less      12 Months   3 Years         3 Years       Total
                                       -------      ---------   -------         -------       -----
<S>                                   <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Federal funds sold and int
  bearing deposits                     $ 2,368      $    --     $     --      $      --     $  2,368
Securities     (1)                       4,878        8,587       30,083         42,804       86,352
Loans receivable (1)                    43,842       47,331       98,907         15,080      205,160
                                        ------       ------       ------         ------      -------
    Total rate sensitive assets
    (RSA)                              $51,088      $55,918     $128,990       $ 57,884     $293,880
                                       =======      =======     ========       ========     ========

Non-interest bearing demand(2)         $ 3,356      $10,068      $13,424       $     --     $ 26,848
Interest bearing demand/savings (2)      6,692        9,780       39,123         13,157       68,752
Money Market deposit
  accounts (2)                           4,798       14,394       12,795             --       31,987
Time deposits                           33,282       37,399       45,179             --      115,860
Other borrowings                        17,259          332       21,009             --       38,600
                                        ------      -------     --------       --------     --------
    Total rate sensitive liabilities
    (RSL)                              $65,387      $71,973     $131,530       $ 13,157     $282,047
                                       =======      =======     ========       ========     ========

Interest sensitivity gap              ($14,299)     $16,055)      $2,540       $ 44,727
Cumulative gap                        ($14,299)    ($30,354)    ($32,894)      $ 11,833
Cumulative gap to total assets           (4.5%)       (9.6%)      (10.4%)           3.8%
</TABLE>


(1)      Included in the period in which  interest  rates were next scheduled to
         adjust or the period in which they were due.  Annual  prepayments  were
         assumed based on historical experience and management judgement.
(2)      These  are  non-maturity   deposits   generally  subject  to  immediate
         withdrawal.  However,  management considers a certain amount to be core
         deposits with longer effective  maturities.  This is based on retention
         experience in changing interest rate environment.

Liquidity

         Maintenance  of  liquidity is  coordinated  by ALCO.  Liquidity  can be
viewed as the  ability  to fund  customers  borrowing  needs  and their  deposit
withdrawal requests while supporting asset growth. The Company's primary sources
of liquidity  include deposit  generation,  asset  maturities and cash flow from
loan repayments and securities.

         At December  31,  1999,  the Company had cash and cash  equivalents  of
$10.8  million  in the form of cash,

18
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

due  from  banks,   Federal  Funds  sold  and  short-term  deposits  with  other
institutions.  In addition,  the Company had total securities available for sale
of $78.9  million  which could be used for  liquidity  needs.  This totals $89.7
million and represents 28.5% of total assets compared to $74.9 million and 26.8%
of total assets at December 31, 1998. The Company also monitors other  liquidity
measures all of which were within policy  guidelines  at December 31, 1999.  The
Company believes its liquidity position is adequate.

         The Company maintains established lines of credit with the Federal Home
Loan Bank of  Pittsburgh  (FHLB) and other  correspondent  banks  which  support
liquidity needs. The borrowing  capacity from FHLB was in excess of $57 million.
At year-end 1999 the Company had $30 million in borrowings from the FHLB.

Results of Operations

Net Interest

         Net interest  income is the  difference  between income earned on loans
and securities and interest paid on deposits and other borrowings.  For the year
ended December 31, 1999 net interest income (fte) was $12,475,000 an increase of
$454,000  or 3.8% over  1998.  The  resultant  fte net  interest  spread and net
interest margin for the year 1999 were 3.85% and 4.48% respectively  compared to
4.08% and 4.76% respectively in 1998.

         Total fte  interest  income for 1999 was  $21,590,000,  an  increase of
$1,092,000 or 5.3% from prior year. As the earning asset yield declined 36 basis
points to 7.75% from 8.11% in 1998,  this  increase in  interest  income was the
result of $25.9  million  growth in average  earning  assets.  Interest  expense
totaled $9,115,000 for 1999,  increasing $638,000 or 7.5% from 1998. The Company
was able to reduce its cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 3.90% compared to
4.03% in the prior  year.  As a result of a 36 basis  point  decline  in earning
asset  yields  only  partially  offset  by 13  basis  point  decline  in cost of
interest-bearing  liabilities, net interest spread decreased to 3.85% from 4.08%
in 1998. Net interest margin,  which is the measurement of net return on earning
assets also decreased to 4.48% in 1999 from 4.76%.  The decrease in net interest
margin was due in part to mix of earning  asset  growth,  with 35% of the growth
due to loans and 65% in securities,  which at a yield of 6.27% is lower than the
8.32% for loans. The funding mix also contributed to the decline in net interest
margin  as  borrowed  funds  increased  $15.5  million  at a cost of  5.52%  and
deposits, which have a lower cost, increased $9.7 million on average.


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------19
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

         Interest  income  earned on loans totaled  $16,303,000  with a yield of
8.32% in 1999  compared  to  $16,316,000  with a yield  of  8.73%  in 1998.  The
decrease in yield was due in part to lower  interest  rate  environment  with an
average  prime rate of 8.00% in 1999 compared to 8.36% in 1998.  However,  prime
rate at  December  31,  1999 was  8.50%,  increasing  from  7.75%  at the  prior
year-end.  Average loans  increased  $9.1 million to $196.0  million.  Loans and
leases represented 70.3% of earning assets in 1999 compared to 74% in 1998.

         Securities  available for sale  averaged  $72.2 million in 1999 with an
fte interest  income of $4,524,000 and yield of 6.27% compared to $55.0 million,
$3,375,000 and 6.14% respectively in 1998. The increase in yield was principally
due to the higher interest rate  environment in the second half of 1999, and the
resulting extension in the average life of the portfolio.

         Interest-bearing  deposits  averaged  $207.9  million  increasing  $7.2
million from average in 1998.  The cost of deposits for 1999 was 3.78%  compared
to 3.99% in 1998.  The  Company  decreased  its costs of savings  accounts by 25
basis points and time deposits by 23 basis points.  Also, the percentage of time
deposits decreased to 51.5% of total interest bearing deposits compared to 52.3%
in 1998. Short-term borrowings,  principally cash management accounts,  averaged
$8.2 million at a cost of 3.66% compared to $7.6 million at 4.63% in 1998. Other
borrowings,  which  consist of advances  from the FHLB  increased  on average to
$17.5 million in 1999, compared to $2.0 in 1998. The increase in borrowings were
used principally to fund purchases of mortgage-backed securities.

         For the year ended  December  31, 1998 net  interest  income  (fte) was
$12,021,000  an increase of $602,000 or 5.3% over 1997.  The  resultant  fte net
interest  spread and net interest  margin for the year 1998 were 4.08% and 4.76%
respectively compared to 4.10% and 4.70% respectively in 1997.

         Total fte  interest  income for 1998 was  $20,498,000,  an  increase of
$286,000 or 1.4% from prior year. As the earning  asset yield  declined 22 basis
points to 8.11% from 8.33% in 1997,  this  increase in  interest  income was the
result of $10.0  million  growth in average  earning  assets.  Interest  expense
totaled  $8,477,000  for 1998,  a decrease of  $316,000  or 3.6% from 1997.  The
Company was able to reduce its cost of  interest  bearing  liabilities  to 4.03%
compared to 4.23% in the prior year.  As a result of a 22 basis point decline in
earning asset yields only partially  offset by 20 basis point decline in cost of
interest-bearing  liabilities, net interest spread decreased to 4.08% from 4.10%
in 1997. However, net interest margin, which is the measurement of net return on
earning  assets  increased  to 4.76% from 4.70%.  This  increase was caused by a
higher  earning asset ratio of 94.2%  compared to 93.3% in 1997, and an increase
in non-interest  bearing


20
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics


liabilities  of $2.0  million and equity of $3.4  million.  The ratio of earning
assets to interest-bearing  liabilities improved to 120.% in 1998 from 116.7% in
1997.

         Interest  income  earned on loans totaled  $16,316,000  with a yield of
8.73% in 1998  compared  to  $16,205,000  with a yield  of  8.83%  in 1997.  The
decrease in yield was principally due to lower interest rate environment with an
average  prime rate of 8.36% in 1998  compared  to 8.44% in 1997.  Prime rate at
December  31, 1998 was 7.75%.  During  1998 there  continued a shift in loan mix
with increases in lower yielding  retail loans and decreases in higher  yielding
commercial loans. Average loans increased $3.3 million to $186.9 million.  Loans
and leases  represented 74.0% of earning assets in 1998 decreasing from 75.6% in
1997.

         Total  securities  (HTM and AFS) averaged $63.0 million in 1998 with an
fte interest  income of $4,051,000 and yield of 6.43% compared to $55.9 million,
$3,826,000 and 6.85% respectively in 1997. The decrease in yield was principally
due to shortening of the average  repricing  term in 1998,  lower  interest rate
environment, and purchases of lower coupon mortgage-backed securities.

         Interest-bearing deposits averaged $200.7 million increasing $3 million
from average 1997.  The average cost of deposits for 1998 was 3.99%  compared to
4.14% in 1997.  The  Company  decreased  its costs of  transaction  and  savings
accounts  by 15  basis  points  and 26  basis  points  respectively.  Also,  the
percentage  of time  deposits  decreased  to  52.3% of  total  interest  bearing
deposits compared to 53.6% in 1997.  Short-term borrowings averaged $7.6 million
at a cost of 4.63% compared to $7.7 million at 4.84% in 1997.

Other Income

         Other  income,   excluding  gains  on  sales  of  securities,   totaled
$1,875,000  in 1999,  an increase of $248,000 or 15.2% over 1998.  Other  income
represented  13.1% of total  revenues  increasing  from  11.9% in 1998.  Service
charges and fees were  $1,235,000  in 1999  compared to  $1,087,000  in 1998, an
increase of $148,000.  The increase is due in part to growth in fee-based retail
checking  accounts;  $38,000 and increase in automated  teller  machine  income;
$14,000.  The  Wayne  Bank  Visa  Check  Card  generated  $64,000  in  revenues,
increasing  from  $50,000 in 1998 and  merchant  card  processing  fees  totaled
$79,000, an increase of $21,000 from 1998.

         Commissions on sales of mutual funds,  annuities and discount brokerage
through  Norwood  Investment  Corp  totaled  $148,000  on sales of $6.4  million
compared to $134,000 in revenues on sales of $5.3  million in 1998.  The Company
sold $1.7 million in residential  mortgages for a gain of $19,000 declining from
a gain of $100,000 on $7.2 million in sales in 1998. The decrease in volume sold
is due to the increasing  interest rate

- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------21
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

environment  during 1999. Trust income totaled $255,000 for 1999, an increase of
$82,000  or  47.4%  over  prior  year.  The  increase  is due in part  to  final
termination charges on closed accounts and higher estate income.

         Other  income  for 1998,  excluding  gains on sales of  securities  and
non-recurring  gain on  termination  of pension plan  recorded in 1997,  totaled
$1,627,000, an increase of $369,000 over 1997. Other income represented 11.9% of
total revenues increasing from 10.2% in 1997.

         Service  charges and fees were  $1,087,000 in 1998 compared to $859,000
in 1997, an increase of $228,000.  The increase was principally due to growth in
fee-bearing retail checking accounts of $44,000,  and increase in overdraft fees
of $107,000.  The Company increased fees on deposit products effective August 1,
1998.  The Wayne Bank Visa  Check  Card,  which was  introduced  in April  1997,
generated $50,000 in revenues, increasing $33,000 from 1997.

         Commissions on mutual funds and annuities  through  Norwood  Investment
Corp.  totaled $134,000 on sales of $5.3 million compared to $75,000 on sales of
$2.2 million in 1997.  During 1998, the Company sold $7.2 million in residential
mortgages for a gain of $100,000 compared to $57,000 in gains for 1997.

Other Income
(000)
                                             1999      1998      1997
                                          -------   -------   -------
Service charges on
  Deposit Accounts                        $   213   $   193   $   145
ATM Fees                                      142       128       125
NSF Fees                                      478       440       333
Other Service Chgs. & Fees                    402       326       256
Trust Income                                  255       173       165
Mutual Funds & Annuities                      148       134        75
Gain on Sales of Loans                         19       100        57
Other Income                                  218       133       102
                                          -------   -------   -------
                                          $ 1,875   $ 1,627   $ 1,258
Net realized gains on
  sales of securities                          59        48        70
Gain on termination of
  pension plan                                 --        --       597
                                          -------   -------   -------
Total                                     $ 1,934   $ 1,675   $ 1,925
                                          =======   =======   =======

Other Expenses

         Other  expenses  totaled  $8,576,000 for 1999 compared to $8,067,000 in
1998, an increase of $509,000 or 6.3%.  Salary and employee  benefit costs which
represent  47.6% of other  expense,  were  $4,081,000  for 1999,


22
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics


an increase  of $195,000 or 5.0%.  The  increase  was  principally  due to staff
expenses  related to a new branch location  opened in June 1999.  Total expenses
including  staffing,  rental and other  expenses  related  to a new branch  were
$230,000.  Other real estate owned costs  decreased  to $5,000 from  $115,000 in
1998 due to lesser number of properties in 1999. Legal expenses declined in 1999
to  $49,000  from  $74,000 in 1998  principally  due to lower  costs  related to
non-performing  loans.

         In the fourth  quarter of 1998 the Bank  converted its data  processing
core application  systems from an in-house system to an outsourced  environment.
As a result of monthly fees,  data processing  expense  increased to $409,000 in
1999  compared  to $290,000 in 1998.  This was  partially  offset by decrease in
equipment  costs.  The Bank also incurred certain one-time costs associated with
conversion  of  lease  processing  system  and its ATM  network,  both of  which
occurred in the second  quarter of 1999.  Costs  related to the  disposition  of
automobiles  from the leasing  portfolio  were $409,000  compared to $157,000 in
1998.  The increase was  principally  due to greater  number of cars returned in
1999,  the  short  terms of the  maturing  leases  and the lower  market  values
compared  to  residual  values.  These  losses  were  partially  offset by lease
termination  fee income of $78,000 in 1999 and $45,000 in 1998.

         The  efficiency  ratio for 1999  improved  to 56.9% from 58.0% in 1998.

         Other  expenses  totaled  $8,067,000 for 1998 compared to $7,861,000 in
1997, an increase of 2.6%.  Salary and employee  benefit costs which  represents
48.2% of other expense was $3,886,000 for 1998, an increase of $247,000 or 6.8%.
The increase was  principally  in the benefits area with higher costs related to
Employee Stock  Ownership  Plan (ESOP) and 401(k) Plan.  Other real estate owned
costs  decreased  to $115,000  from  $254,000 in 1997 due to lower net losses of
$22,000 in 1998 compared to $111,000 in 1997. Legal expenses declined in 1998 to
$74,000  from  $189,000  in 1997  principally  due to  lower  costs  related  to
non-performing loans.

         In the fourth  quarter of 1998 the Bank  converted its data  processing
core application  systems from an in-house system to an outsourced  environment.
As a result of conversion related costs and processing,  data processing expense
increased to $290,000 in 1998 compared to $150,000 in 1997.

Income Taxes

         Income tax expense for the year 1999 was  $1,514,000  for an  effective
tax rate of 30.1%  compared to an expense of $1,393,000 and an effective rate of
30.1% in 1998.  The effective  tax rate is lower than the

- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------23
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

statutory rate of 34% due to holdings of municipal obligations and certain loans
which provide income partially exempt from Federal income taxes.

         Income tax expense for 1998 was $1,393,000 for an effective tax rate of
30.1%  compared to an expense of  $1,067,000  and an effective  rate of 28.2% in
1997.  During 1998 the Company had a higher level of pre-tax  income of $856,000
and lower levels of tax exempt income which increased the effective rate.

Capital and Dividends

         Total  stockholders'  equity at December  31,  1999 was $26.7  million,
compared to $27.7 million at year-end  1998. The change was  principally  due to
retention of earnings of  $2,523,000  after  dividends  declared of $985,000,  a
$2,974,000 decrease in other  comprehensive  income due to fair value changes on
the Company's available for sale securities  portfolio as a result of increasing
interest rates and the purchase of 41,219 shares of treasury stock, at a cost of
$941,000.  At December 31, 1999 the Company had leverage capital ratio of 9.15%,
Tier 1  risk-based  capital  of 11.98%  and total  risk-based  capital of 13.50%
compared to 9.09%, 12.30% and 14% respectively in 1998.

         The  following  table  sets  forth the price  range and cash  dividends
declared per share regarding common stock for the period indicated:

                                             Price Range
                                             -----------       Cash dividend
                                            High        Low    paid per share
                                            ----        ---    --------------
Year 1998
         First Quarter                   $   34.00   $  20.75     $   .12
         Second Quarter                      34.00      27.75         .12
         Third Quarter                       27.00      22.00         .12
         Fourth Quarter                      24.00      20.50         .14

Year 1999
         First Quarter                   $   24.00   $  21.25     $   .14
         Second Quarter                      24.00      21.00         .14
         Third Quarter                       24.125     23.00         .14
         Fourth Quarter                      23.25      20.50         .17

         The book value of the  common  stock was $15.28 at  December  31,  1999
compared  to $15.56 at prior year end.  At  year-end  the stock price was $20.75
compared to $22.25 at December 31, 1998.

                               [GRAPHICS OMITTED]
                     Graph discloses Cash Dividend Declared

                                    95 $ .39
                                    96 $ .42
                                    97 $ .44
                                    98 $ .50
                                    99 $ .59

24
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

Inflation

         The  impact of  inflation  upon  banks  differs  from the  impact  upon
non-financial institutions. The majority of assets and liabilities of a bank are
monetary in nature and therefore  change with movements in interest  rates.  The
exact impact of inflation  on the Bank is  difficult to measure.  Inflation  may
cause  operating  expenses  to  increase  at a rate  not  matched  by  increased
earnings.  Inflation may also affect the borrowing  needs of consumers,  thereby
affecting  growth of the Bank's  assets.  Inflation  may also affect the general
level of interest rates, which could have an effect on the Bank's profitability.
However,   as   discussed   previously,   the  Bank   strives   to  manage   its
interest-sensitive assets and liabilities offsetting the effects of inflation.

Year 2000

         The Company relies on computers to conduct its business and information
systems  processing.  Industry  experts were  concerned that on January 1, 2000,
some  computers  might not be able to interpret the new year  properly,  causing
computer  malfunctions.  The Company has  operated  and  evaluated  its computer
systems  following  January 1, 2000 and has not identified  any errors.  Systems
will  continue  to  be  monitored  to  assess   whether  they  are  at  risk  of
misinterpreting  any future dates. The Company has not been informed of any such
problem experienced by its vendors or its customers, nor by any of the utilities
that provide services to the Company.

         The Company will continue to monitor its  significant  vendors of goods
and services  with  respect to Year 2000  problems  they may  encounter as those
issues  may effect  the  Company's  ability  to  continue  operations,  or might
adversely  affect the Company's  financial  position,  results of operations and
cash  flows.  The  Company  does not  believe at this time that these  potential
problems  will  materially  impact the ability of the  Company to  continue  its
operations, however, no assurance can be given that this will be the case.

         The expectations of the Company  contained in this section on Year 2000
are  forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform Act of 1995 and involve  substantial  risks and uncertainties
that may cause actual results to differ  materially  from those indicated by the
forward looking  statements.  All forward looking statements in this section are
based on information available to the Company on the date of this document,  and
the Company assumes no obligation to update such forward looking statements.


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------25
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

Summary of Quarterly Results (unaudited)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1999
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                            December 31    September 30     June 30     March 31
                                            -----------    ------------     -------     --------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Net interest income                        $      3,109   $     3,186    $    3,016    $    2,823

Provision for loan losses                           130           110           100           130

Net realized gains on sales of securities            --             1            34            24
Other income                                        520           524           398           433

Other expenses                                    2,206         2,255         2,131         1,984
                                           ------------   --------------  ----------    ----------
Income before income taxes                        1,293         1,346         1,217         1,166
Income tax expense                                  367           426           368           353
                                           ------------   -----------    ----------    ----------
NET INCOME                                 $        926   $       920    $      849    $      813
                                           ============   ===========    ==========    ==========

Basic  earnings per share                  $       0.56   $      0.55    $     0.50    $     0.48
                                           ============   ===========    ==========    ==========

Diluted earnings per share                 $       0.55   $      0.55    $     0.50    $     0.48
                                           ============   ===========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1998
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                            December 31    September 30     June 30     March 31
                                            -----------    ------------     -------     --------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
Net interest income                        $      3,042   $        2,973  $    2,917    $    2,809

Provision for loan losses                           180              180         180           180

Net realized gains on sales of securities            21               12          --            15
Other income                                        430              446         408           343

Other expenses                                    2,122            1,977       2,011         1,957
                                           ------------   --------------  ----------    ----------
Income before income taxes                        1,191            1,274       1,134         1,030
Income tax expense                                  356              384         343           310
                                           ------------   --------------  ----------    ----------
NET INCOME                                 $        835   $          890  $      791    $      720
                                           ============   ==============  ==========    ==========

Basic  earnings per share                  $       0.50   $         0.53  $     0.47    $     0.43
                                           ============   ==============  ==========    ==========

Diluted earnings per share                 $       0.49   $         0.52  $     0.47    $     0.43
                                           ============   ==============  ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

26
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Average Balance Sheets with Resultant Interest and Rates
(Tax-Equivalent Basis, dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Year Ended December 31
                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1999                           1998                          1997
                               -----------------------------  -----------------------------  --------------------------------
                               Average                  Ave   Average                  Ave   Average                    Ave
                               Balance(2) Interest(1)   Rate  Balance(2) Interest(1)   Rate  Balance(2) Interest(1)     Rate
                               ---------- -----------   ----  ---------- -----------   ----  ---------- -----------     ----
<S>                          <C>         <C>           <C>   <C>        <C>           <C>   <C>        <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Interest Earning Assets:
  Federal funds sold          $  2,031    $       94    4.63% $   1,108  $      56     5.05% $   2,490  $      141      5.66
  Interest bearing
    deposits with banks            755            14    1.99      1,678         75     4.47        713          40
  Securities held to maturity    7,633           655    8.57      8,014        676     8.44      8,745         742      8.48
  Securities available for sale
    Taxable                     69,401         4,335    6.25     53,116      3,248     6.11     43,525       2,803      6.44
    Tax-exempt                   2,800           189    6.75      1,883        127     6.74      3,624         281      7.75
                               -------         -----            -------      -----             -------       -----
      Total securities
        available for sale      72,201         4,524    6.27     54,999      3,375     6.14     47,149       3,084      6.54
  Loans receivable (3,4)       196,005        16,303    8.32    186,877     16,316     8.73    183,625      16,205      8.83
                               -------         -----            -------      -----             -------       -----
      Total interest
        earning assets         278,625        21,590    7.75    252,676     20,498     8.11    242,722      20,212      8.33
Non-interest
earning assets:
  Cash and due
    from banks                   7,409                            6,451                          6,440
  Allowance for
    loan losses                 (3,359)                          (3,277)                        (2,918)
  Other assets                  13,237                           12,265                         13,937
                              --------                        ---------                      ---------
      Total non-interest
        earning assets          17,287                           15,439                         17,459
                              --------                        ---------                      ---------
TOTAL ASSETS                  $295,912                        $ 268,115                      $ 260,181
                              ========                        =========                      =========

LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing
liablities:
  Interest- bearing
    demand and
    money market              $ 58,076         1,397    2.41  $  52,691      1,306     2.48  $  47,245       1,241      2.63
  Savings                       42,676           934    2.19     43,068      1,049     2.44     44,570       1,203      2.70
  Time                         107,152         5,520    5.15    104,980      5,647     5.38    105,920       5,745      5.42
                               -------         -----            -------      -----             -------       -----
     Total interest-
       bearing deposits        207,904         7,851    3.78    200,739      8,002     3.99    197,735       8,189      4.14
Short-term borrowings            8,187           300    3.66      7,648        354     4.63      7,726         374      4.84
Other borrowings                17,464           964    5.52      2,000        121     6.05      2,486         230      9.25
                               -------         -----            -------      -----             -------       -----
     Total interest
       bearing liabilities     233,555         9,115    3.90    210,387      8,477     4.03    207,947       8,793      4.23
Non-interest bearing
       liabilities:
  Non-interest bearing
    demand deposits             28,059                           25,490                         25,584
  Other liabilities              6,921                            6,093                          3,954
                              --------                        ---------                      ---------
      Total non-interest
        bearing liabilities     34,980                           31,583                         29,538
Shareholders' equity            27,377                           26,145                         22,696
                              --------                        ---------                      ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
    SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY      $295,912                        $ 268,115                      $ 260,181
                              ========                        =========                      =========


<PAGE>

Net interest income
  (tax-equivalent basis)                      12,475    3.85%               12,021     4.08%                11,419      4.10%
                                                        ====                           ====                             ====
Tax-equivalent
  basis adjustment                              (341)                         (280)                           (355)
                                             -------                      --------                      ----------
Net Interest Income                          $12,134                      $ 11,741                      $   11,064
                                             =======                      ========                      ==========

Net Interest margin
  (tax-equivalent basis)                                4.48%                          4.76%                            4.70
                                                        ====                           ====                             ====
</TABLE>

1. Interest and yields are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using a marginal
   tax rate of 34%.
2. Average balances have been calculated based on daily balances.
3. Loan balances include non-accrual loans and are net of unearned income.
4. Loan yields include the effect of amortization of deferred fees net of costs.



RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS
The following table shows fully taxable  equivalent effect of changes in volumes
and rates on interest income and interest expense.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Increase/(Decrease)
                                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                                                 1999 compared to 1998          1998 compared to 1997
                                                                  ------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                                          Variance due to                Variance due to
                                                                  ------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                                    Volume     Rate        Net      Volume     Rate         Net
                                                                    ------     ----        ---      ------     ----         ---
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INTEREST EARNING ASSETS
         Federal funds sold                                       $    43    ($    5)   $    38    ($   71)   ($   14)   ($   85)
         Interest bearing deposits with banks                         (30)       (31)       (61)        45        (10)        35
         Securities held to maturity                                  (33)        12        (21)       (62)        (4)       (66)
         Securities available for sale
                  Taxable                                           1,016         71      1,087        592       (147)       445
                  Tax-exempt                                           62          0         62       (121)       (33)      (154)
                                                                  -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                     Total  securities available for sale           1,078         71      1,149        471       (180)       291
         Loans receivable (3,4)                                       778       (791)       (13)       285       (174)       111
                                                                  -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                     Total interest earning assets                  1,836       (744)     1,092        668       (382)       286

Interest bearing liablities:
         Interest- bearing demand and money market                    130        (39)        91        138        (73)        65
         Savings                                                       (9)      (106)      (115)       (40)      (114)      (154)
         Time                                                         115       (242)      (127)       (51)       (47)       (98)
                                                                  -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
         Total interest- bearing deposits                             236       (387)      (151)        47       (234)      (187)
Short-term borrowings                                                  24        (78)       (54)        (4)       (16)       (20)
Other borrowings                                                      855        (12)       843        (39)       (70)      (109)
                                                                  -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                     Total interest bearing liabilities             1,114       (476)       638          4       (320)      (316)
                                                                  -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Net interest income(tax-equivalent basis)                         $   722    ($  268)   $   454    $   664    ($   62)   $   602
                                                                  =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

Changes in net  interest  income that could not be  specifically  identified  as
either a rate or volume  change  were  allocated  proportionately  to changes in
volume and changes in rate.

                                                                              27
<PAGE>
                                                        An Independent Member of
                         Beard                                          BDO
                         & Company Inc.                                 Seidman
                         Certified Public Accountants                   Alliance



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Norwood Financial Corp.
Honesdale, Pennsylvania


         We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Norwood
Financial  Corp.  and its  subsidiary as of December 31, 1999 and 1998,  and the
related consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1999.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Norwood
Financial  Corp.  and its  subsidiary as of December 31, 1999 and 1998,  and the
results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period  ended  December  31,  1999 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.


                                             /s/Beard & Company, Inc.

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
January 28, 2000


28
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

- ------------(Consolidated Balance Sheets)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,                                                                       1999         1998
                                                                                   ----         ----
                                                                                     (In Thousands)
                  ASSETS
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>
Cash and due from banks                                                         $   8,430    $   7,954
Interest-bearing deposits with banks                                                  398        1,284
Federal funds sold                                                                  1,970        3,360
                                                                                ---------    ---------
                  Cash and cash equivalents                                        10,798       12,598
Securities available for sale                                                      78,875       62,270
Securities held to maturity, fair value 1999 $ 7,411; 1998 $ 8,151                  7,477        7,645
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses 1999 $ 3,344; 1998 $ 3,333     201,816      183,586
Bank premises and equipment, net                                                    6,739        7,077
Other real estate                                                                     110          204
Accrued interest receivable                                                         1,646        1,441
Other assets                                                                        7,366        4,196
                                                                                ---------    ---------
                  TOTAL ASSETS                                                  $ 314,827    $ 279,017
                                                                                =========    =========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES
         Deposits:
                  Non-interest bearing demand                                   $  26,848    $  27,264
                  Interest-bearing demand                                          26,660       23,926
                  Money market deposit accounts                                    31,987       30,324
                  Savings                                                          42,152       42,579
                  Time                                                            115,860      109,674
                                                                                ---------    ---------
                  TOTAL DEPOSITS                                                  243,507      233,767

    Short-term borrowings                                                           8,600        7,776
    Long-term debt                                                                 30,000        2,000
    Accrued interest payable                                                        2,385        2,283
    Other liabilities                                                               3,681        5,463
                                                                                ---------    ---------
                  TOTAL LIABILITIES                                               288,173      251,289
                                                                                ---------    ---------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock, par value $ .10 per share; authorized 10,000,000 shares;
         issued 1,803,824 shares                                                      180          180
Surplus                                                                             4,603        4,542
Retained earnings                                                                  25,763       23,240
Treasury stock, at cost 1999 59,889 shares; 1998 22,347 shares                     (1,214)        (343)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                                      (1,319)       1,655
Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) shares                               (1,359)      (1,546)
                                                                                ---------    ---------
Total stockholders' equity                                                         26,654       27,728
                                                                                ---------    ---------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                      $ 314,827    $ 279,017
                                                                                =========    =========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                                              29
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

Consolidated Statements of Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years Ended December 31,                                       1999           1998           1997
                                                            ---------       --------      ---------
                                                             (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest income:
         Loans receivable, including fees                    $16,249        $16,311        $16,198
         Securities:
                  Taxable                                      4,335          3,248          2,807
                  Tax-exempt                                     557            530            671
         Interest-bearing deposits with other institutions        14             74             40
         Federal funds sold                                       94             55            141
                                                             -------        -------        -------
                  Total interest income                       21,249         20,218         19,857
                                                             -------        -------        -------
Interest expense:
         Deposits                                              7,851          8,002          8,189
         Short-term borrowings                                   300            354            374
         Other                                                   964            121            230
                                                             -------        -------        -------
         Total interest expense                                9,115          8,477          8,793
                                                             -------        -------        -------
         Net interest income                                  12,134         11,741         11,064

Provision for loan losses                                        470            720          1,355
                                                             -------        -------        -------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses           11,664         11,021          9,709
                                                             -------        -------        -------
Other income:
         Service charges and fees                              1,235          1,087            859
         Income from fiduciary activities                        255            173            165
         Net realized gains on sales of securities                59             48             70
         Gain on termination of pension plan                      --             --            597
         Other                                                   385            367            234
                                                             -------        -------        -------
                  Total other income                           1,934          1,675          1,925
                                                             -------        -------        -------
Other expenses:
         Salaries and employee benefits                        4,081          3,886          3,639
         Occupancy                                               712            708            693
         Furniture and equipment                                 475            534            594
         Data processing related operations                      409            290            150
         Other real estate owned                                   5            115            254
         Advertising                                              94            120            163
         Professional fees                                       186            254            323
         Taxes, other than income                                251            249            240
         Amortization of intangible assets                       185            214            291
         Other                                                 2,178          1,697          1,512
                                                             -------        -------        -------
         Total other expenses                                  8,576          8,067          7,861
                                                             -------        -------        -------
         Income before income taxes                            5,022          4,629          3,773

Income tax expense                                             1,514          1,393          1,067
                                                             -------        -------        -------
         Net income                                          $ 3,508        $ 3,236        $ 2,706
                                                             =======        =======        =======

Earnings per share:
         Basic                                               $  2.09        $  1.93        $  1.63
                                                             =======        =======        =======

         Diluted                                             $  2.08        $  1.91        $  1.63
                                                             =======        =======        =======

</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

30
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

Consolidated Sttements of Stockholders' Equity


Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Accumulated
                                                                                                        Other
                                                                                                    Comprehensive Unearned
                                                           Common              Retained    Treasury     Income      ESOP
                                                           Stock    Surplus    Earnings     Stock       (Loss)      Shares   Total
                                                           -----    -------    --------     -----       ------      ------   -----
                                                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996                                $   90   $  4,444    $ 18,861    $   (345)   $    419    $(1,950) $21,519
                                                                                                                             ------
         Comprehensive income:
                  Net income                                  --         --       2,706          --          --         --    2,706
                  Change in unrealized gains
                    (losses) on securities available
                    for sale, net of reclassification
                    adjustment and tax effects                --         --          --          --         861         --      861
                                                                                                                             ------

                  Total comprehensive income                                                                                  3,567
                                                                                                                             ------

         Cash dividends declared,
                  $ .435 per share                            --         --        (723)         --          --         --     (723)
         Two-for-one stock split in the form
                  of a 100% stock dividend                    90        (90)         --          --          --         --       --
         Issuance of treasury stock                           --         --          --           1          --         --        1
         Release of earned ESOP shares                        --         30          --          --          --        200      230
                                                          ------   --------    --------     -------    --------    -------  --------
Balance, December 31, 1997                                   180      4,384      20,844        (344)      1,280     (1,750)  24,594
                                                                                                                             ------
         Comprehensive income:
                  Net income                                  --         --       3,236          --          --         --    3,236
                  Change in unrealized gains
                    (losses) on securities available
                    for sale, net of reclassification
                    adjustment and tax effects                --         --          --          --         375         --      375
                                                                                                                             ------
                  Total comprehensive income                                                                                  3,611
                                                                                                                            -------

         Cash dividends declared,
                  $ .50 per share                             --         --        (840)         --          --         --     (840)
         Stock options exercised                              --         37          --          --          --         --       37
         Issuance of treasury stock                           --         --          --           1          --         --        1
         Release of earned ESOP shares                        --        121          --          --          --        204      325
                                                          ------   --------    --------     -------    --------    -------  --------
Balance, December 31, 1998                                   180      4,542      23,240        (343)      1,655     (1,546)  27,728
                                                                                                                             ------
         Comprehensive income:
                  Net income                                  --         --       3,508          --          --         --    3,508
                  Change in unrealized gains
                    (losses) on securities available
                    for sale, net of reclassification
                    adjustment and tax effects                --         --          --          --      (2,974)        --   (2,974)
                                                                                                                             ------
                  Total comprehensive income                                                                                    534
                                                                                                                             ------
         Cash dividends declared,
                  $ .59 per share                             --         --        (985)         --          --         --     (985)
         Stock options exercised                              --         (9)         --          70          --         --       61
         Acquisition of treasury stock                        --         --          --        (941)         --         --     (941)
         Release of earned ESOP shares                        --         70          --          --          --        187      257
                                                          ------   --------    --------     -------    --------    -------  --------
Balance, December 31, 1999 $                                 180   $  4,603    $ 25,763     $(1,214)   $ (1,319)   $(1,359) $ 26,654
                                                          ======   ========    ========     =======    ========    =======  ========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------31
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


Years Ended December 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1999        1998       1997
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
                                                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
         Net income                                                          $  3,508    $  3,236   $  2,706
         Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
                  provided by operating activities:
                  Provision for loan losses                                       470         720       1,355
                  Depreciation                                                    670         670         709
                  Amortization of intangible assets                               185         214         291
                  Deferred income taxes                                           (63)      1,317       1,184
                  Net realized gain on sales of securities                        (59)        (48)        (70)
                  Losses on sale of other real estate, net                         (9)         22         111
                  Net gain on sale of mortgage loans                              (19)       (100)        (56)
                  Mortgage loans originated for sale                           (1,714)     (7,126)     (4,210)
                  Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans                          1,733       7,226       4,266
                  (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable             (205)        (83)        200
                  Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable                 102         (82)        141
                  Earnings on life insurance policy                               (41)         --          --
                  Other, net                                                      750         980         (94)
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
                       Net cash provided by operating activities                5,309       6,946       6,533
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
         Securities available for sale:
                  Proceeds from sales                                           7,696       5,012       9,423
                  Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions on
                       mortgage-backed securities                              14,421      16,031      11,703
                  Purchases                                                   (43,240)    (33,417)    (20,268)
         Securities held to maturity, proceeds from maturities                    175         515         650
         Net increase in loans                                                (19,909)     (3,203)    (12,079)
         Purchase of life insurance policy                                     (3,070)         --          --
         Purchase of bank premises and equipment                                 (311)       (446)       (240)
         Proceeds from sales of other real estate                                 197       1,000       1,975
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
                       Net cash used in investing activities                  (44,041)    (14,508)     (8,836)
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
         Net increase (decrease) in deposits                                    9,740       7,013      (2,708)
         Net increase in short-term borrowings                                    824       2,786       1,763
         Repayments of long-term debt                                          (2,000)         --      (2,442)
         Proceeds from long-term debt                                          30,000          --       2,000
         Stock options exercised                                                   61          37          --
         Acquisition of treasury stock                                           (941)         --          --
         Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock                                  --           1           1
         Release of ESOP shares                                                   187         204         200
         Cash dividends paid                                                     (939)       (805)       (696)
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
                       Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     36,932       9,236      (1,882)
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
                       Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents        (1,800)      1,674      (4,185)

Cash and cash equivalents:
         Beginning of year                                                     12,598      10,924      15,109
                                                                             --------    --------    --------
         End of year                                                         $ 10,798    $ 12,598    $ 10,924
                                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

32
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Summary of Accounting Policies

Nature of operations:

         Norwood Financial Corp. (Company) was formed in March 1996 and is a one
bank holding  company.  Wayne Bank (Bank) is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the
Company. The Bank is a state-chartered bank located in Honesdale,  Pennsylvania.
The Company  derives  substantially  all of its income from the banking and bank
related  services  which  include  interest  earnings  on  commercial  mortgage,
residential  real estate,  commercial and consumer loan  financings,  as well as
interest  earnings  on  investment   securities  and  deposit  services  to  its
customers.  The Company is subject to regulation and  supervision by the Federal
Reserve Board while the Bank is subject to  regulation  and  supervision  by the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  and  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of
Banking.

Principles of consolidation:

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of the
Company and its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  the Bank, and the Bank's wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  WCB Realty Corp.,  Norwood  Investment Corp. and WTRO Properties.
All   intercompany   accounts  and   transactions   have  been   eliminated   in
consolidation.

Estimates:

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Securities:

         Securities  classified as available for sale are those  securities that
the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time but not necessarily
to maturity.  Any decision to sell a security  classified  as available for sale
would be based on various factors,  including  significant  movement in interest
rates,  changes  in  maturity  mix  of the  Company's  assets  and  liabilities,
liquidity needs,  regulatory  capital  considerations and other similar factors.
Securities  available for sale are carried at fair value.  Unrealized  gains and
losses are reported in other  comprehensive  income, net of the related deferred
tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of the
specific  securities sold, are included in earnings.  Premiums and discounts are
recognized  in interest  income using a method which  approximates  the interest
method over the period to maturity.


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------33
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

         Bonds,  notes and  debentures  for which the Company  has the  positive
intent and  ability to hold to  maturity  are  reported  at cost,  adjusted  for
premiums and discounts that are recognized in interest income using the interest
method over the period to maturity.

         Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities
at the time of purchase and  re-evaluates  such  designation  as of each balance
sheet date.

Loans receivable:

         Loans  generally  are  stated  at their  outstanding  unpaid  principal
balances,  net of an allowance  for loan losses and any deferred  fees or costs.
Interest income is accrued on the unpaid  principal  balance.  Loan  origination
fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an
adjustment of the yield (interest  income) of the related loans.  The Company is
generally amortizing those amounts over the contractual life of the loan.

         The Company  provides  automobile  financing to its  customers  through
direct  financing  leases.  These  direct  financing  leases are  carried at the
Company's net investment, which includes the sum of aggregate rentals receivable
and the estimated residual value of the leased automobiles less unearned income.
Unearned  income is amortized over the leases terms by methods that  approximate
the interest method.

         A loan is generally considered impaired when it is probable the Company
will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in
accordance  with the terms of the loan  agreement.  The accrual of interest  and
amortization of fees is discontinued  when the contractual  payment of principal
or interest has become 90 days past due or management  has serious  doubts about
further  collectibility  of  principal  or  interest,  even  though  the loan is
currently  performing.  A loan may  remain  on  accrual  status  if it is in the
process of collection and is either  guaranteed or well secured.  When a loan is
placed on nonaccrual  status,  unpaid interest credited to income in the current
year is reversed and unpaid  interest  accrued in prior years is charged against
the allowance for loan losses.  Interest  received on nonaccrual loans generally
is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to
management's  judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  Generally,  loans
are  restored to accrual  status when the  obligation  is brought  current,  has
performed in accordance  with the contractual  terms for a reasonable  period of
time and the ultimate  collectibility  of the total  contractual  principal  and
interest is no longer in doubt.

Allowance for loan losses:

         The allowance for loan losses is  established  through  provisions  for
loan losses charged against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged
against the allowance for loan losses,  and subsequent  recoveries,  if any, are
credited to the allowance.

         The  allowance  for loan  losses  related  to  impaired  loans that are
identified  for  evaluation is based on  discounted  cash flows using the loan's
initial  effective  interest rate or the fair value,  less selling costs, of the
collateral for certain  collateral  dependent

34
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

loans. By the time a loan becomes  probable of foreclosure,  it has been charged
down to fair value, less estimated costs to sell.

         The  allowance  for loan  losses is  maintained  at a level  considered
adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management's
periodic  evaluation  of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company's
past loan loss  experience,  known and inherent risks in the portfolio,  adverse
situations that may affect the borrower's  ability to repay, the estimated value
of any  underlying  collateral,  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current
economic conditions,  and other relevant factors.  This evaluation is inherently
subjective  as it  requires  material  estimates  that  may  be  susceptible  to
significant  change,  including  the  amounts  and  timing of future  cash flows
expected to be received on impaired loans.

Premises and equipment:

         Premises   and   equipment   are   stated  at  cost  less   accumulated
depreciation.   Depreciation   expense   is   calculated   principally   on  the
straight-line method over the respective assets estimated useful lives.

Other real estate:

         Real  estate  properties   acquired  through,   or  in  lieu  of,  loan
foreclosure are to be sold and are initially  recorded at fair value at the date
of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure,  valuations are
periodically performed by management and the real estate is carried at the lower
of carrying  amount or fair value less cost to sell.  Revenue and expenses  from
operations  and changes in the  valuation  allowance  are included in other real
estate owned expenses.

Intangible assets:

         Intangible   assets  are   comprised   of  goodwill  and  core  deposit
acquisition  premiums  and are included in other  assets.  Goodwill is amortized
over a fifteen  year  period.  Core  deposit  acquisition  premiums,  which were
developed by specific core deposit life studies,  are being amortized over seven
to nine years.  The amortization of intangible  assets amounted to $ 185,000,  $
214,000 and $ 291,000  for the years ended  December  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.   Annual   assessments  of  the  carrying   values  and  remaining
amortization  periods  of  intangible  assets  are  made to  determine  possible
carrying value impairment and appropriate adjustments, as deemed necessary.

Income taxes:

         Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined  based on the
differences  between financial  statement  carrying amounts and the tax basis of
existing assets and liabilities.  These  differences are measured at the enacted
tax rates that will be in effect when these  differences  reverse.  Deferred tax
assets are reduced by a valuation  allowance when, in the opinion of management,
it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not
be realized.  As changes in tax laws


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------35
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

or rates are enacted,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted  through
the  provision  for  income  taxes.  The  Company  and  its  subsidiary  file  a
consolidated federal income tax return.

Advertising costs:

         The Company  follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to
expense as incurred.

Stock dividend and per share data:

         Basic  earnings  per  share  represents   income  available  to  common
stockholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares
that would have been  outstanding if dilutive  potential  common shares had been
issued,  as well as any  adjustment to income that would result from the assumed
issuance.  Potential  common  shares  that may be issued by the  Company  relate
solely to outstanding  stock options and are determined using the treasury stock
method.

Cash flow information:

         For the purposes of  reporting  cash flows,  cash and cash  equivalents
include cash on hand,  amounts due from banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  with
banks and federal funds sold.

         Cash payments for interest for the years ended December 31, 1999,  1998
and 1997,  were $ 9,013,000,  $ 8,560,000  and $ 8,652,000,  respectively.  Cash
payments for income taxes for the years ended  December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997
were $ 994,000, $ 29,000 and $ -0-, respectively.  Non-cash investing activities
for 1999, 1998 and 1997 included  foreclosed  mortgage loans transferred to real
estate owned and repossession of other assets of $ 1,280,000,  $ 1,579,000 and $
341,000, respectively.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:

         In the  ordinary  course of  business,  the Company  has  entered  into
off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments  consisting of  commitments to extend
credit,  letters  of  credit  and  commitments  to sell  loans.  Such  financial
instruments  are recorded in the balance  sheets when they become  receivable or
payable.

Trust assets:

         Assets held by the Company in a fiduciary  capacity for  customers  are
not included in the financial  statements since such items are not assets of the
Company. Trust income is reported on the accrual method.

36
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics

Comprehensive income:

         Accounting   principles  generally  require  that  recognized  revenue,
expenses,  gains and losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes
in assets and liabilities,  such as unrealized gains and losses on available for
sale securities,  are reported as a separate  component of the equity section of
the  balance  sheet,  such  items,  along with net  income,  are  components  of
comprehensive income.

         The  components of other  comprehensive  income and related tax effects
are as follows:

 Years Ended December 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1999       1998      1997
                                                                              -------    -------   -------
                                                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>       <C>
         Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities   $(4,569)   $   618   $ 1,346
         Less reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income             59         48        70
                                                                              -------    -------   -------
              Net unrealized gains (losses)                                    (4,510)       570     1,276

Income tax (benefit)                                                           (1,536)       195       415
                                                                              -------    -------   -------
              Net of tax amount                                               $(2,974)   $   375   $   861
                                                                              =======    =======   =======
</TABLE>

Segment reporting:

         The Company acts as an independent community financial service provider
and offers  traditional  banking and related  financial  services to individual,
business  and  government  customers.  Through its branch and  automated  teller
machine  network,  the  Company  offers a full  array of  commercial  and retail
financial  services,  including the taking of time, savings and demand deposits;
the making of commercial, consumer and mortgage loans; and the providing of safe
deposit services.  The Company also performs  personal,  corporate,  pension and
fiduciary services through its Trust Department.

         Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of
funding loan demand, between the commercial,  retail, mortgage banking and trust
operations of the Company.  As such,  discrete  information is not available and
segment reporting would not be meaningful.

Recently issued accounting standards:

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 133,  Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities," which
was amended by Statement  No. 137 and which  becomes  effective  for the Company
January 1,  2001.


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------37
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

The adoption of the  Statement is not expected to have a  significant  impact on
the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair value of securities were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Gross          Gross
                                                     Amortized Unrealized   Unrealized    Fair
                                                        Cost     Gain        (Losses)     Value
                                                      --------   --------    --------    --------
                                                                    (In Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
December 31, 1999:
         Available for sale:
                  U.S. Treasury securities            $  4,006   $      2    $    (20)   $  3,988
                  U.S. Government agencies              18,781         --        (611)     18,170
                  States and political subdivisions      4,925         --        (251)      4,674
                  Corporate obligations                  2,520         --        (213)      2,307
                  Mortgage-backed securities            47,766         --      (2,243)     45,523
                                                      --------   --------    --------    --------
                                                        77,998          2      (3,338)     74,662
                  Equity securities                      2,878      1,335          --       4,213
                                                      --------   --------    --------    --------
                                                      $ 80,876   $  1,337    $ (3,338)   $ 78,875
                                                      ========   ========    ========    ========
         Held to maturity:
                  States and political subdivisions   $  7,477   $     30    $    (96)   $  7,411
                                                      ========   ========    ========    ========

December 31, 1998:
         Available for sale:
                  U.S. Treasury securities            $  5,511   $     74    $     (4)   $  5,581
                  U.S. Government agencies              19,496        169         (37)     19,628
                  States and political subdivisions      3,703        125         (17)      3,811
                  Corporate obligations                  1,704         85          --       1,789
                  Mortgage-backed securities            28,211        180         (65)     28,326
                                                      --------   --------    --------    --------
                                                        58,625        633        (123)     59,135
                  Equity securities                      1,136      1,999          --       3,135
                                                      --------   --------    --------    --------
                                                      $ 59,761   $  2,632    $   (123)   $ 62,270
                                                      ========   ========    ========    ========
         Held to maturity:
                  States and political subdivisions   $  7,645   $    506    $     --    $  8,151
                                                      ========   ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

Equity securities consist of Pennsylvania  community banks and Federal Home Loan
Bank stock.

         The  amortized  cost and fair value of  securities  as of December  31,
1999, by contractual maturity or call date, are shown below. Expected maturities
may differ from contractual  maturities or call dates because borrowers may have
the right to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

38
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics



                                       Securities Available  Securities Held
                                             For Sale          To Maturity
                                       --------------------  -----------------
                                        Amortized   Fair   Amortized    Fair
                                           Cost     Value    Cost       Value
                                           ----     -----    ----       -----
                                                   (In Thousands)

Due in one year or less                  $ 5,700   $ 5,653   $    --   $    --
Due after one year through five years     13,205    12,919        --        --
Due after five years through ten years     4,717     4,540       100       101
Due after ten years                        6,624     6,027     7,377     7,310
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------
                                          30,246    29,139     7,477     7,411
Mortgage-backed securities                47,766    45,523        --        --
Equity securities                          2,878     4,213        --        --
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------
                                         $80,876   $78,875   $ 7,477   $ 7,411
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======

         Gross realized  gains and gross realized  losses on sales of securities
available-for-sale  were $ 65,000 and $ 6,000,  respectively,  in 1999; $ 54,000
and $ 6,000, respectively,  in 1998, and $ 80,000 and $ 10,000, respectively, in
1997.

         Securities  with a carrying  value of $ 41,285,000  and $ 29,632,000 at
December 31, 1999 and 1998 were pledged to secure public deposits, U.S. Treasury
demand notes,  securities  sold under  agreements  to  repurchase  and for other
purposes as required or permitted by law.

Loans  Receivable  and  Allowance  for  Loan  Losses  The  components  of  loans
receivable at December 31 were as follows:

                                                             1999       1998
                                                             ----       ----
                                                              (In Thousands)
         Real estate:
                  Residential                             $  56,984   $ 52,392
                  Commercial                                 49,796     30,734
                  Construction                                3,339      3,046
         Commercial, financial and agricultural              17,440     25,559
         Consumer loans to individuals                       54,026     42,061
         Lease financing, net of unearned income             23,974     33,860
                                                           -------- -----------
                                                            205,559    187,652
         Less:
                  Unearned income and deferred fees             399        733
                  Allowance for loan losses                   3,344      3,333
                                                           -------- -----------
                                                           $201,816 $   183,586
                                                           ======== ===========



- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------39
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

The Bank's net investment in direct financing leases at December 31 consist of:

                                                       1999        1998
                                                    --------    --------
         Minimum lease payments receivable          $  9,061    $ 14,579
         Estimated unguaranteed residual values       17,759      24,122
         Unearned income                              (2,846)     (4,841)
                                                    --------    --------
                                                    $ 23,974    $ 33,860
                                                    ========    ========

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses:

                                            Years Ended December 31,
                                         -----------------------------
                                           1999       1998       1997
                                         -------    -------    -------
(In Thousands)
Balance, beginning                       $ 3,333    $ 3,250    $ 2,616
Provision for loan losses                    470        720      1,355
Recoveries                                   173        152        109
Loans charged off                           (632)      (789)      (830)
                                         -------    -------    -------
Balance, ending                          $ 3,344    $ 3,333    $ 3,250
                                         =======    =======    =======

         The recorded  investment in impaired loans,  not requiring an allowance
for loan  losses was $ 360,000  and $ 642,000  at  December  31,  1999 and 1998,
respectively.  The recorded  investment in impaired loans requiring an allowance
for loan  losses was $ -0- at both  December  31,  1999 and 1998.  For the years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, the average recorded investment in these
impaired loans was $ 365,000,  $ 669,000 and $ 2,716,000 and the interest income
recognized  on  these  impaired  loans  was  $  -0-,  $  77,000  and  $  68,000,
respectively.

Premesis and Equipment

Components of premises and equipment at December 31 are as follows:

                                                            1999        1999
                                                          --------    --------
                                                               (In Thousands)
         Land and improvements                            $    944    $    944
         Buildings and improvements                          7,225       7,220
         Furniture and equipment                             2,469       2,163
                                                          --------    --------
                                                            10,638      10,327
         Less accumulated depreciation                      (3,899)     (3,250)
                                                          --------    --------
                                                          $  6,739    $  7,077
                                                          ========    ========

40
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics



Deposits

         Aggregate  time deposits in  denominations  of $ 100,000 or more were $
32,487,000  and $  27,535,000  at December 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  At
December 31, 1999, the scheduled  maturities of time deposits are as follows (in
thousands):

         2000     $       71,186
         2001             31,144
         2002              8,847
         2003              2,741
         2004              1,942
                  --------------
                  $      115,860
                  ==============

Borrowings

Short-term borrowings at December 31 consist of the following:

                                                            1999     1998
                                                          ------   ------
         (In Thousands)

         Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   $7,600   $7,612
         U.S. Treasury demand notes                        1,000      164
                                                          ------   ------
                                                          $8,600   $7,776
                                                          ======   ======

The outstanding  balances and related  information of short-term  borrowings are
summarized as follows:

                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                                      1999     1998
                                                      ----     ----
                                                      (In Thousands)

Average balance during the year                     $ 8,187   $ 7,648
Average interest rate during the year                  3.66%     4.63%
Maximum month-end balance during the year           $26,462   $14,284

         Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  generally mature within
one day to one year from the transaction  date.  Securities with amortized costs
and fair  values of $  8,684,000  and $  8,415,000  at  December  31, 1999 and $
6,992,000  and $ 7,042,000 at December 31, 1998 were pledged as  collateral  for
these  agreements.  The  securities  underlying  the  agreements  were under the
Company's control.

         The Company has a line of credit commitment  available from the Federal
Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh for  borrowings of up to $ 15,000,000  which
expires in March  2000.  There were no  borrowings  under this line of credit at
December 31, 1999 and 1998.


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------41
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

         Other  borrowings  consisted of the  following at December 31, 1999 and
1998 (in thousands):

                                                         1999      1998
                                                         ----      ----
Notes with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB):
         Note due December 1999 at 6.04%               $    --   $ 2,000
         Fixed note due January 2000 at 5.28             3,000        --
         Fixed note due January 2000 at 5.78             4,000        --
         Fixed note due January 2000 at 6.04             2,000        --
         Fixed note due February 2000 at 5.72            3,000        --
         Fixed note due March 2000 at 5.78               3,000        --
         Convertible note due December 2006 at 6.19%     5,000        --
         Convertible note due April 2009 at 4.83%        5,000        --
         Convertible note due April 2009 at 5.07%        5,000        --
                                                       -------   -------
                                                       $30,000   $ 2,000
                                                       =======   =======

Employee Benefit Plans

         In 1997, the Company  terminated its defined benefit pension plan which
covered   substantially  all  employees  and  officers.   At  the  time  of  the
termination, the Company determined the amount that the plan assets exceeded the
accumulated benefit obligation of eligible  participants of which 25% $(102,000)
was  transferred  to the Company's  401(k) plan.  The remaining plan assets were
transferred to the Company and it recognized a pre-tax gain of $ 597,000 in 1997
included in other income in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

         The  Company  has a  defined  contributory  profit-sharing  plan  which
includes provisions of a 401(k) plan. The plan permits employees to make pre-tax
contributions  up  to  15%  of  the  employee's  compensation.   The  amount  of
contributions  to  the  plan,  including  matching  contributions,   is  at  the
discretion  of the  Board of  Directors.  All  employees  over the age of 21 are
eligible  to  participate  in the plan  after one year of  employment.  Employee
contributions  are vested at all times, and any Company  contributions are fully
vested after five years. The Company's contributions are expensed as the cost is
incurred,  funded currently,  and amounted to $ 115,000, $ 175,000 and $ 132,000
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

         In 1996,  the Board of  Directors  approved the creation of a leveraged
employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP") for the benefit of employees who meet the
eligibility requirements which include having completed one year of service with
the Company and having attained age twenty-one.  The ESOP Trust purchased shares
of the Company's  common stock with  proceeds from a loan from the Company.  The
Bank makes  cash  contributions  to the ESOP on an annual  basis  sufficient  to
enable the ESOP to make the required loan  payments.  The loan bears interest at
the prime rate  adjusted  annually.  Interest is payable  annually and principal
payable in equal annual  installments over ten years. The loan is secured by the
shares of the stock purchased.

         As the  debt  is  repaid,  shares  are  released  from  collateral  and
allocated to qualified employees based on the proportion of debt

42
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics



service  paid in the  year.  The  Company  accounts  for its  leveraged  ESOP in
accordance with Statement of Position 93-6.  Accordingly,  the shares pledged as
collateral are reported as unallocated ESOP shares in the  consolidated  balance
sheets. As shares are released from collateral, the Company reports compensation
expense equal to the current  market price of the shares,  and the shares become
outstanding  for earnings per share  computations.  Dividends on allocated  ESOP
shares are  recorded  as a reduction  of  retained  earnings  and  dividends  on
unallocated  ESOP  shares are  recorded  as a  reduction  of debt.  Compensation
expense for the ESOP was $ 285,000,  $ 324,000 and $ 237,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The status of the ESOP shares are as follows:

                                                  1999         1998
                                              ----------   ----------
Allocated shares                                  37,665       27,365
Shares released from allocation                    1,327          120
Unreleased shares                                 82,220       93,727
                                              ----------   ----------
Total ESOP shares                                121,212      121,212
                                              ----------   ----------
Fair value of unreleased shares               $1,706,000   $2,132,000
                                              ==========   ==========

Income Taxes
The components of the provision for federal income taxes are as follows:

                                               Years Ended December 31,
                                             1999       1998      1997
                                          -------    -------   -------
                                                  (In Thousands)

Current                                   $ 1,577    $    76   $  (117)
Deferred                                      (63)     1,317     1,184
                                          -------    -------   -------
                                          $ 1,514    $ 1,393   $ 1,067
                                          =======    =======   =======

         Income tax expense of the Company is less than the amounts  computed by
applying  statutory  federal  income  tax rates to income  before  income  taxes
because of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         Percentage Of Income
                                                                                         Before Income Taxes
                                                                                       ------------------------
                                                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                       ------------------------
                                                                                       1999      1998      1997
                                                                                       ----      ----      ----
<S>                                                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>
         Tax at statutory rates                                                        34.0 %    34.0 %    34.0 %
         Tax exempt interest income, net of interest expense disallowance              (4.0)     (3.6)     (5.4)
         Low-income housing tax credit                                                 (1.2)     (1.3)     (1.5)
         Other                                                                          1.3       1.0       1.2
                                                                                       ----      ----      ----
                                                                                       30.1 %    30.1 %    28.3 %
                                                                                       ====      ====      ====
</TABLE>

The income  tax  provision  includes  $ 20,000,  $ 16,000 and $ 24,000 of income
taxes  relating to realized  securities  gains for the years ended  December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------43
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

The net deferred tax liability included in other liabilities in the accompanying
balance  sheets  includes  the  following  amounts  of  deferred  tax assets and
liabilities:

                                                                 1999     1998
                                                                 ----     ----
                                                                 (In Thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
         Allowance for loan losses                             $  786   $  782
         Deferred loan origination fees                            90       29
         Allowance for other real estate losses                    38       66
         Net unrealized loss on securities                        680       --
         Deferred compensation                                     31       41
         Core deposit intangible                                  136       94
         Partnership credit carryforward                           --      116
         Minimum tax credit carryforward                          834      950
         Net operating loss carryforward                           --      550
         Other                                                     20      102
                                                              -------  -------
              Total Deferred tax assets                         2,615    2,730
                                                              -------  -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
         Net unrealized gain on securities                         --      853
         Premises and equipment                                   107      241
         Lease financing                                        4,211    4,939
         Other                                                      5        1
                                                              -------  -------
              Total deferred tax liabilities                    4,323    6,034
                                                              -------  -------
              Net deferred tax liability                      $(1,708) $(3,304)
                                                              =======  =======

Net operating loss carry forwards of  approximately $ 1,570,000 were utilized in
1999.


Transactions with Executive Officers and Directors

         Certain  directors and executive  officers of the Bank,  their families
and their  affiliates  are  customers of the Bank.  Any  transactions  with such
parties,  including  loans  and  commitments,  were in the  ordinary  course  of
business  at normal  terms,  including  interest  rates  and  collateralization,
prevailing at the time and did not represent more than normal risks. At December
31,  1999  and  1998,  such  loans  amounted  to $  3,339,000  and $  1,516,000,
respectively. During 1999, new loans to such related parties totaled $ 2,391,000
and repayments aggregated $ 568,000.

Regulatory Matters and Stockholders' Equity

         The  Company  and  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital
requirements  administered  by the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet
minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  and  possibly
additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a
direct  material  affect on the Company's  financial  statements.  Under capital
adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective action,
the Company must meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that involve  quantitative
measures of the Company's  assets,  liabilities  and certain  off-balance  sheet
items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's capital
amounts and  classification  are also  subject to  qualitative  judgments by the
regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

44
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics


         Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to ensure  capital
adequacy  require the Company to maintain  minimum amounts and ratios (set forth
in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the  regulations)
to  risk-weighted  assets,  and of Tier 1 capital to average assets.  Management
believes,  as of December 31, 1999, that the Company meets all capital  adequacy
requirements to which it is subject.
         As of  December  31,  1999,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the
regulators has  categorized the Company and the Bank as well  capitalized  under
the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective action.  There are no conditions
or events since that  notification  that  management  believes  have changed the
Company's or Bank's category.
         The  Company  and  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital
requirements  administered  by the federal banking  agencies.  The Bank's actual
capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             To Be Well
                                                                                           Capitalized Under
                                                                      For Capital          Prompt Corrective
                                                 Actual            Adequacy Purposes       Action Provisions
                                            -----------------   -----------------------  --------------------
                                            Amount      Ratio      Amount      Ratio        Amount    Ratio
                                            ------      -----      ------      -----        ------    -----
                                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>     <C>             <C>       <C>         <C>
As of December 31, 1999:
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)    $29,691      13.47%  $> 17,632      >8.00%     $>20,040   >10.00%
                                                                 -             -           -         -
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)    26,384      11.97%   >  8,816      >4.00%      >13,224   > 6.00%
                                                                 -             -           -         -
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)          26,384       8.97%   > 11,767      >4.00%      >14,709   > 5.00%
                                                                 -             -           -         -

As of December 31, 1998:
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)    $27,058      13.51%  $>16,022       >8.00%     $>20,028   >10.00%
                                                                 -             -           -         -
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)    23,731      11.85%   > 8,010       >4.00%      >12,015   > 6.00%
                                                                 -             -           -         -
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)          23,731       8.73%   =10,873       >4.00%      >13,591   > 5.00%
                                                                 -             -           -         -
</TABLE>

The  Company's  ratios  do not  differ  significantly  from  the  Bank's  ratios
presented above.

         The Bank is required to maintain average cash reserve balances in vault
cash or with the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.  The amount of these  restricted  cash
reserve balances at December 31, 1999 and 1998 was approximately $ 1,888,000 and
$ 1,260,000, respectively.

         Under  Pennsylvania  banking  law,  the  Bank  is  subject  to  certain
restrictions  on the  amount of  dividends  that it may  declare  without  prior
regulatory  approval.  At December 31, 1999, $ 22,910,000  of retained  earnings
were available for dividends without prior regulatory  approval,  subject to the
regulatory capital requirements discussed above.

Stock Option Plan

         The Company adopted a Stock Option Plan for the directors, officers and
employees of the Company in 1995.  An aggregate of 500,000  shares of authorized
but unissued common stock of the Company were reserved for future issuance under
the Plan. The stock options  typically have expiration terms ranging between one
and ten years  subject to certain  extensions  and early  terminations.  The per
share exercise price of a stock option shall be, at a minimum, equal to the fair
value of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted.

- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------45
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

A summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information for the
years ended December 31 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1999                  1998                   1997
                                    ---------------------- ---------------------  ---------------------
                                                 Weighted              Weighted              Weighted
                                                 Average               Average               Average
                                                 Exercise              Exercise              Exercise
                                    Options       Price    Options      Price     Options      Price
                                    -------       -----    -------      -----     -------      -----

<S>                                 <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Outstanding, beginning of year       67,450    $   18.40    55,570    $   16.72    41,620    $   16.54
Granted                              16,500        22.24    15,500        24.00    18,000        17.13
Exercised                            (3,620)       16.52    (2,232)       16.46        --           --
Forfeited                                --           --    (1,388)       16.63    (4,050)       16.63
                                     ------    ---------    ------    ---------    ------    ---------
Outstanding, end of year             80,330    $   19.28    67,450    $   18.40    55,570    $   16.72
                                     ======    =========    ======    =========    ======    =========

Exercisable at end of year           63,830    $   18.51
                                     ======    =========
</TABLE>

         Exercise prices for options  outstanding as of December 31, 1999 ranged
from $ 16.44 to $ 24.00 per share.  The weighted average  remaining  contractual
life is 8.0 years.

         The  Company  applies APB  Opinion 25 and  related  interpretations  in
accounting for the stock option plan. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been
recognized.  Had  compensation  cost for the  Company's  stock  option plan been
determined  based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under the plan
consistent  with the method  prescribed by FASB Statement No. 123, the Company's
net income and  earnings  per share  would have been  adjusted  to the pro forma
amounts indicated below:

                                            Years Ended December 31,
                                     1999             1998              1997
                                                 (In Thousands)
                                   ---------------------------------------------
Net income:
         As reported               $     3,508   $   3,236    $        2,706
         Pro forma                       3,375       3,154             2,640

Earnings per share:
         As reported                      2.09        1.93              1.63
         Pro forma                        2.02        1.88              1.59

Earnings per share (assuming dilution):
         As reported                      2.08        1.91              1.63
         Pro forma                        2.00        1.86              1.59

The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes   option  pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted  average
assumptions:

Years Ended December 31,
                                         1999         1998        1997
                                        ----------------------------------
                                                 (In Thousands)
         Dividend yield                  2.46%        2.46%       2.40%
         Expected life                   8 years      8 years     8 years
         Expected volatility             16.40%       39.80%      21.00%
         Risk-free interest rate         4.65%        4.65%       5.75%


46
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics


Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the  computations  of basic and diluted  earnings
per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                                                          1999         1998         1997
                                                                       ------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
Numerator, net income                                                  $3,508,000   $3,236,000   $2,706,000
                                                                       ==========   ==========   ==========
Denominator:
   Denominator for basic earnings per share, weighted average shares    1,674,653    1,679,411    1,660,998
   Effect of dilutive securities, employee stock options                   11,690       16,674        3,474
                                                                       ----------   ----------   ----------
     Denominator for diluted earnings per share, adjusted
     weighted average shares and assumed conversions                    1,686,343    1,696,085    1,664,472
                                                                       ==========   ==========   ==========
Basic earnings per common share                                        $     2.09   $     1.93   $     1.63
                                                                       ==========   ==========   ==========
Diluted earnings per common share                                      $     2.08   $     1.91   $     1.63
                                                                       ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments

         The Bank is a party to  financial  instruments  with  off-balance-sheet
risk in the  normal  course  of  business  to meet  the  financing  needs of its
customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and
letters of credit.  Those instruments  involve, to varying degrees,  elements of
credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount  recognized in the balance
sheets.
         The Bank's  exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by
the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and
letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.
The Bank uses the same credit  policies in making  commitments  and  conditional
obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. A summary of the Bank's
financial instrument commitments is as follows:

                                             December 31,
                                            1999      1998
                                            ----      ----
(In Thousands)
Commitments to extend credit               $21,324   $13,788
Standby letters of credit                      868       520
                                           -------   -------
                                           $22,192   $14,308
                                           =======   =======

         Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as
long as there is no  violation of any  condition  established  in the  contract.
Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination  clauses
and may require  payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to
expire  without  being  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment   amount  does  not
necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.   The  Bank  evaluates  each
customer's credit  worthiness on a case-by-case  basis. The amount of collateral
obtained,  if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on
management's  credit  evaluation of the customer and generally  consists of real
estate.

         Standby  letters of credit are  conditional  commitments  issued by the
Bank to guarantee  the  performance  of a customer to a third party.  The credit
risk  involved  in  issuing  letters of credit is  essentially  the same as that
involved in extending loans to customers. The Bank holds collateral, when deemed
necessary, supporting those commitments.

- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------47
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT


Concentrations of Credit Risk

         The  Bank  operates  primarily  in  Wayne,  Pike and  Monroe  Counties,
Pennsylvania  and,  accordingly,  has extended  credit  primarily to  commercial
entities and  individuals in this area whose ability to honor their contracts is
influenced  by the  region's  economy.  These  customers  are also  the  primary
depositors of the Bank. The Bank is limited in extending credit by legal lending
limits to any single borrower or group of borrowers.

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

         Management  uses its best judgment in estimating  the fair value of the
Company's financial  instruments;  however, there are inherent weaknesses in any
estimation technique.  Therefore,  for substantially all financial  instruments,
the fair value estimates  herein are not  necessarily  indicative of the amounts
the Company could have realized in a sales  transaction on the dates  indicated.
The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their  respective year
ends  and  have  not  been   re-evaluated  or  updated  for  purposes  of  these
consolidated financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such,
the  estimated  fair values of these  financial  instruments  subsequent  to the
respective  reporting  dates may be different than the amounts  reported at each
year end.

         The following  information  should not be interpreted as an estimate of
the fair value of the entire  Company  since a fair  value  calculation  is only
provided for a limited portion of the Company's assets and liabilities. Due to a
wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making
the estimates,  comparisons between the Company's disclosures and those of other
companies may not be meaningful. The following methods and assumptions were used
to estimate the fair values of the Company's  financial  instruments at December
31, 1999 and 1998:

         o For cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and
federal funds sold, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

         o For securities,  fair value equals quoted market price, if available.
If a quoted market price is not available,  fair value is estimated using quoted
market prices for similar securities.

         o The fair value of loans is estimated by  discounting  the future cash
flows using the current  rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers
with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Disclosure of
the fair value of leases receivable is not required and has not been included in
the table below.

     o    The fair value of accrued  interest  receivable  and accrued  interest
          payable is the carrying amount.

     o    The fair value of demand deposits,  savings accounts and certain money
          market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date.
          The fair value of fixed-maturity  certificates of deposit is estimated
          using the rates currently  offered for deposits for similar  remaining
          maturities.

48
<PAGE>
                                                --------------1999 Annual Report
                                               ....ANNUAL REPORT 99 Box Graphics


     o    The fair value of short-term  borrowings  approximate  their  carrying
          amount.

     o    The fair value of long-term debt is estimated  using  discounted  cash
          flow analyses  based upon the Company's  current  borrowing  rates for
          similar types of borrowing arrangements.

     o    The fair value of  commitments  to extend  credit and for  outstanding
          letters of credit is  estimated  using the fees  currently  charged to
          enter into similar agreements.

The estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   December 31, 1999    December 31, 1998
                                                                 --------------------- --------------------
                                                                  Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair
                                                                   Amount      Value     Amount      Value
                                                                   ------      -----     ------      -----
                                                                               (In Thousands)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Financial assets:
         Cash and due from banks, interest-bearing
                  deposits with banks and federal funds sold     $ 10,798   $ 10,798   $ 12,598   $ 12,598
         Securities                                                86,352     86,286     69,915     70,421
         Loans receivable, net                                    177,842    176,555    149,726    150,798
         Accrued interest receivable                                1,646      1,646      1,441      1,441

Financial liabilities:
         Deposits                                                 243,507    244,033    233,767    234,318
         Short-term borrowings                                      8,600      8,600      7,776      7,776
         Long-term debt                                            30,000     29,693      2,000      2,016
         Accrued interest payable                                   2,385      2,385      2,283      2,283

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:
                  Commitments to extend credit and outstanding
                  letters of credit                                    --         --         --         --
</TABLE>


Norwood Financial Corp. (Parent Company Only) Financial Inforation

Balance Sheets                                                    December 31,
                                                                1999      1998
                                                                ----      ----
                                                                (In Thousands)
                  ASSETS
         Cash on deposit in bank subsidiary                  $   510   $   382
         Interest bearing deposit with another institution        --       900
         Securities available for sale                           531       307
         Investment in bank subsidiary                        25,978    26,438
         Other assets                                             37        51
                                                             -------   -------
                                                             $27,056   $28,078
                                                             =======   =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
         Liabilities                                         $   402   $   350
         Stockholders equity                                  26,654    27,728
                                                             -------   -------
                                                             $27,056   $28,078
                                                             =======   =======

- -------------------------------------------------Norwood Financial Corp-------49
<PAGE>
[GRAPHICS OMITTED] 99 ANNUAL REPORT

Statements of Income
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                                      1999     1998     1997
                                                                      ----     ----     ----
                                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                                                 <C>      <C>      <C>
Income:
         Dividends from bank subsidiary                              $  983   $  839   $  723
         Interest income from bank subsidiary                           119      139      162
         Other interest income                                           32       37       14
                                                                     ------   ------   ------
                                                                      1,134    1,015      899
         Expenses                                                        65       75       54
                                                                     ------   ------   ------
                  Income before income taxes                          1,069      940      845
Income tax expense                                                       29       40       41
                                                                     ------   ------   ------
                                                                      1,040      900      804
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary                        2,468    2,336    1,902
                                                                     ------   ------   ------
                  Net income                                         $3,508   $3,236   $2,706
                                                                     ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>

Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended December 31,
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                                ----       ----       ----
                                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
         Net income                                           $ 3,508    $ 3,236    $ 2,706
         Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
                  provided by operating activities:
                  Undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary    (2,468)    (2,336)    (1,902)
                  Other, net                                      112        155         86
                                                              -------    -------    -------
                  Net cash provided by operating activities     1,152      1,055        890
                                                              -------    -------    -------
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
         Purchase of securities available for sale               (292)        --         --
                                                              -------    -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
         Stock options exercised                                   61         37         --
         Acquisition of treasury stock                           (941)        --         --
         Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock                  --          1          1
         Release of ESOP shares                                   187        204        200
         Cash dividends paid                                     (939)      (805)      (696)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Net cash used in financing activities                          (1,632)      (563)      (495)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents                            (772)       492        395

Cash and cash equivalents:
         Beginning                                              1,282        790        395
                                                              -------    -------    -------
         Ending                                               $   510    $ 1,282    $   790
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

50






                                   EXHIBIT 23
<PAGE>
             CONSENT OF BEARD & COMPANY, INC., INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


         We  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Registration
Statement (on Form S-8) of Norwood  Financial  Corp. of our report dated January
28,  2000,  with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements  of Norwood
Financial  Corp. and subsidiary  incorporated by reference in this Annual Report
(Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1999.



                                             /s/BEARD & COMPANY, INC.


Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
March 21, 2000


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9

<LEGEND>
     THIS SCHEDULE  CONTAINS SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM THE
     ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO
     SUCH FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
</LEGEND>

<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000

<S>                                         <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                  DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                          8,430
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                            398
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                1,970
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                    0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    78,875
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          7,477
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            7,411
<LOANS>                                       205,160
<ALLOWANCE>                                     3,344
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                314,827
<DEPOSITS>                                    243,507
<SHORT-TERM>                                    8,600
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                             6,066
<LONG-TERM>                                    30,000
                               0
                                         0
<COMMON>                                          180
<OTHER-SE>                                     26,474
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                314,827
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                16,249
<INTEREST-INVEST>                               4,892
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                  108
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               21,249
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              7,851
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              9,115
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          12,134
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                     470
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 59
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 8,576
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 5,022
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                      5,022
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
<CHANGES>                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                    3,508
<EPS-BASIC>                                      2.09
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    2.08
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                   4.48
<LOANS-NON>                                       596
<LOANS-PAST>                                       61
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                    0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                     0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                3,333
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                     632
<RECOVERIES>                                      173
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                               3,344
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                            3,344
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                         1,035



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission